IOMEGA CORP
S-3/A, 1996-01-30
COMPUTER STORAGE DEVICES
Previous: CENTURY PROPERTIES FUND XVI, SC 13D, 1996-01-31
Next: TELEVIDEO SYSTEMS INC, 10-K, 1996-01-30



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 30, 1996
    

   
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-64995
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------

   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-3
    
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------

                               IOMEGA CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                           --------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
                     DELAWARE                                   86-0385884
 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR    (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION
                  ORGANIZATION)                                  NUMBER)
</TABLE>

                           --------------------------

                     1821 WEST IOMEGA WAY, ROY, UTAH 84067
                                 (801) 778-1000
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                           --------------------------

                               LEONARD C. PURKIS
     SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, FINANCE, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND TREASURER
                               IOMEGA CORPORATION
                              1821 WEST IOMEGA WAY
                        ROY, UTAH 84067  (801) 778-1000
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                           --------------------------
                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
             PATRICK J. RONDEAU, ESQ.                              BROOKS STOUGH, ESQ.
              JONATHAN WOLFMAN, ESQ.                             ROBERT G. SPECKER, ESQ.
                  HALE AND DORR                                  GUNDERSON DETTMER STOUGH
                 60 State Street                           VILLENEUVE FRANKLIN & HACHIGIAN, LLP
           Boston, Massachusetts 02109                                600 Hansen Way
                  (617) 526-6000                               Palo Alto, California 94306
                                                                      (415) 843-0500
</TABLE>

                           --------------------------

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
            As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.
                           --------------------------

    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box. / /

    If  any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. / /

    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities Act, check the following box,  and
list  the  Securities Act  registration  statement number  of  earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.

                                      / /
                   ------------------------------------------

    If this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check the following  box, and list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering.

                                      / /
                   ------------------------------------------

    If  delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.
                 / /

   
                           --------------------------
    

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE  COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A),  MAY
DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 30, 1996
    
PROSPECTUS

                                5,250,000 SHARES

   
                                     [LOGO]
                                  COMMON STOCK
    

   
    All of the  shares of  Common Stock  offered hereby  are being  sold by  the
Company.  The Common  Stock is  quoted on the  Nasdaq National  Market under the
symbol IOMG. On January  29, 1996, the  last reported sale  price of the  Common
Stock  on the Nasdaq National  Market was $15.63 per  share. See "Price Range of
Common Stock and Dividend Policy."
    

                                 --------------

  THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
                    BEGINNING ON PAGE 5 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
                                 -------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
       PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING      PROCEEDS TO
                                                     PUBLIC         DISCOUNT (1)      COMPANY (2)
<S>                                             <C>               <C>               <C>
Per Share.....................................         $                 $                 $
Total (3).....................................         $                 $                 $
</TABLE>

(1) See "Underwriting" for indemnification arrangements with the Underwriters.

(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $575,000 payable by the Company.

(3)  The Company has granted to the  Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
    to  787,500   additional   shares   of  Common   Stock   solely   to   cover
    over-allotments,  if any. If all such  shares are purchased, the total Price
    to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds  to Company will be $        ,
    $      and $      , respectively. See "Underwriting."

                                 --------------

    The  shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters subject to prior
sale,  receipt  and  acceptance  by  them  and  subject  to  the  right  of  the
Underwriters  to  reject  any  order  in whole  or  in  part  and  certain other
conditions. It is expected that certificates  for such shares will be  available
for  delivery on or  about                , 1996 at  the office of  the agent of
Hambrecht & Quist LLC in New York, New York.

HAMBRECHT & QUIST                                          MONTGOMERY SECURITIES

           , 1996
<PAGE>
   
[Picture of Company products]
    

    Iomega and Bernoulli are registered trademarks of the Company and Zip,  Jaz,
Ditto  and the Iomega logo  are trademarks of the  Company. All other trademarks
used are the property of their respective owners.

IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITERS MAY  OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE  COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION, INCLUDING "RISK FACTORS," APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                  THE COMPANY

   
    Iomega Corporation designs, manufactures and markets innovative data storage
solutions, based  on removable-media  technology,  that help  personal  computer
users  "manage their stuff."  The Company's data  storage solutions include disk
drives marketed under the  tradenames Zip and  Jaz and a  family of tape  drives
marketed  under the tradename Ditto.  The Company's Zip and  Jaz disk drives are
designed to provide users  with the benefits of  high capacity and rapid  access
generally   associated  with  hard  disk  drives   and  the  benefits  of  media
removability generally associated with floppy disk drives, including  expandable
storage  capacity  and  data  transportability,  management  and  security.  The
Company's Ditto  tape  drives  primarily  address the  market  for  backup  data
storage.  Iomega's objective is to establish its  Zip, Jaz and Ditto products as
industry-standard data  storage solutions  for personal  computer users  and  to
capture  an  increasing  share of  the  overall personal  computer  data storage
market. The Company began shipping  Zip drives in March  1995 and Jaz drives  in
limited quantities in December 1995.
    

    In  recent years, advances in software, including memory-intensive graphical
operating  systems,  integrated  suites  of  word  processing,  spreadsheet  and
database  applications, and multimedia applications, have dramatically increased
the storage  needs  of personal  computer  users. In  addition,  data-intensive,
multimedia  files  are increasingly  being made  available to  personal computer
users via  on-line services  and the  Internet.  Largely as  a result  of  these
trends,  personal computer users increasingly need to expand the amount of their
available primary storage,  which is typically  provided by a  hard disk  drive.
Personal  computer  users  are  also  increasingly  seeking  a  reliable  way to
transport large  files  between computers  (such  as  between a  work  and  home
computer),  to  organize and  segregate  files of  different  users of  the same
computer, to secure sensitive files  from unauthorized viewing or  modification,
and  to backup  data. The Company  believes that neither  conventional hard disk
drives nor floppy disk  drives are capable of  adequately addressing all of  the
information storage and management needs of personal computer users.

   
    The  Company  believes its  recently-introduced  Zip, Jaz  and  Ditto drives
address emerging data  storage needs  and provide  customers what  they want  at
affordable  price points. Designed as a mass-market product, the Zip drive is an
affordable storage  device  for  hard drive  expansion,  data  transportability,
management  and security and data backup. The Zip drive uses 100-megabyte ("MB")
disks to provide 70 times the capacity of traditional floppy disks. The external
model of the Zip  drive is generally  sold by retailers for  under $200 and  the
100-MB  disks are typically  sold for under  $15 per disk  in ten-packs. The Jaz
drive,  which  features  1-gigabyte  ("GB")  removable  disks  and   performance
specifications  comparable  to most  current hard  disk  drives, is  designed to
address the high-performance needs  of personal computer  users in three  areas:
multimedia  applications (audio,  video and graphics),  personal data management
and hard drive upgrade. The  external model of the Jaz  drive is expected to  be
sold by retailers for approximately $599, while the internal version is expected
to  be sold by retailers for approximately  $499. Each 1-GB Jaz disk is expected
to sell for approximately $99 in five-packs. The Company's Ditto family of  tape
drives  addresses  the  need  of personal  computer  users  for  an easy-to-use,
dependable backup solution. The Company offers internal and external Ditto  tape
drives  based on leading industry standards ranging  in capacity from 420 MBs to
3.2 GBs (using data compression).
    

   
    The Company  believes  that  broadening the  distribution  of  its  products
through  strategic alliances  with a  variety of  companies within  the computer
industry is a  crucial element in  the Company's objective  of establishing  its
products  as industry standards. The Company  has OEM arrangements with personal
computer manufacturers such as  Micron Electronics and  Power Computing for  the
incorporation  of Zip, Jaz or Ditto drives  into their computers, and is seeking
to establish additional  OEM relationships.  The Company has  also entered  into
private  or co-branding  arrangements with several  companies, including Maxell,
Seiko Epson, Fuji  and Reveal Computer  Products, which are  selling private  or
co-branded versions of Zip drives and disks. In addition, the Company's products
are  sold by most  of the leading  retailers of computer  products in the United
States, including Best  Buy, Circuit City,  CompUSA, Computer City,  Electronics
Boutique and PC Warehouse.
    

    During 1994 and 1995, the Company's new management led the Company through a
significant  restructuring  and repositioned  the  Company as  a customer-driven
vendor to  the broad  personal computer  market. The  Company's development  and
introduction  of its new products over the last 18 months was facilitated by the
experience in removable-media  storage technology  developed by  the Company  in
connection  with its Bernoulli disk drives,  which were first introduced in 1982
and won numerous awards for design and performance.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company..........  5,250,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the       64,069,335 shares (1)
  offering...................................
Use of proceeds..............................  Working capital and other general corporate
                                               purposes
Nasdaq National Market symbol................  IOMG
</TABLE>
    

                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                ----------------------------------
                                                                                   1993        1994        1995
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Sales.......................................................................  $  147,123  $  141,380  $  326,225
  Cost of sales...............................................................      92,585      92,453     235,838
  Gross margin................................................................      54,538      48,927      90,387
  Restructuring costs (reversal)..............................................      14,131      (2,491)     --
  Operating income (loss).....................................................     (17,427)       (882)     13,622
  Net income (loss)...........................................................     (14,525)     (1,882)      8,503
  Net income (loss) per common share (2)                                        $    (0.27) $    (0.03) $     0.14
  Weighted average common shares outstanding (2)..............................      54,318      55,419      60,180
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                                                        ----------  --------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................  $    1,023   $     78,173
  Working capital.....................................................................      12,623         89,773
  Total assets........................................................................     266,227        343,377
  Stockholders' equity................................................................      62,686        139,836
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
   
(1) Based upon number of  shares outstanding as of  December 31, 1995. Does  not
    include  6,206,977 shares reserved  for issuance upon  the exercise of stock
    options outstanding as of December 31,  1995 at a weighted average  exercise
    price of $1.67 per share.
    

(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

   
(3) Adjusted to reflect the sale of the 5,250,000 shares of Common Stock offered
    hereby  at  an assumed  public  offering price  of  $15.63 per  share, after
    deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses.
    
                            ------------------------

   
    EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED, (I) ALL  SHARE AND PER SHARE INFORMATION IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS  HAS BEEN  ADJUSTED TO GIVE  EFFECT TO THE  FIVE-FOR-FOUR STOCK SPLIT
(EFFECTED AS  A 25%  STOCK DIVIDEND)  THAT  OCCURRED IN  NOVEMBER 1994  AND  THE
THREE-FOR-ONE  STOCK SPLIT (EFFECTED AS A  200% STOCK DIVIDEND) THAT OCCURRED IN
JANUARY 1996 AND (II) THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES NO EXERCISE  OF
THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION.
    

                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    THE  FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS  SHOULD BE CONSIDERED  CAREFULLY, IN ADDITION TO
THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, BEFORE PURCHASING THE COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.

   
    SHORTAGES OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS; ABSENCE OF SUPPLY CONTRACTS; DEPENDENCE ON
SUPPLIERS.  Many components incorporated in, or used in the manufacture of,  the
Company's  products  are currently  only available  from sole  source suppliers.
Moreover, the  Company has  experienced  difficulty in  the past,  is  currently
experiencing  difficulty and expects to continue to experience difficulty in the
future, in obtaining a  sufficient supply of many  key components. For  example,
many  of the integrated  circuits used in  the Company's Zip  and Jaz drives are
currently available only from sole source suppliers. The Company has been unable
to obtain a  sufficient supply of  certain of these  integrated circuits due  to
industry-wide  shortages. In addition,  the Company has  been advised by certain
sole source  suppliers,  including  the  manufacturers  of  critical  integrated
circuits,  that they do not anticipate being able to fully satisfy the Company's
demand for components during  1996. These component  shortages have limited  the
Company's  ability to  produce sufficient Zip  drives to meet  market demand and
have limited  the Company's  ability  to implement  certain cost  reduction  and
productivity  improvement plans,  and the Company  expects that  the shortage of
components may limit  production of  Zip and  Jaz products  for the  foreseeable
future.  The  Company also  experienced difficulty  during  1995 in  obtaining a
sufficient supply of the servowriting equipment  used in the manufacture of  Zip
disks.  Such equipment shortages in 1995 limited the Company's production of Zip
disks, and there can be no  assurance that similar equipment shortages will  not
occur in the future.
    

   
    The  Company purchases  all of  its sole  and limited  source components and
equipment pursuant  to purchase  orders placed  from  time to  time and  has  no
guaranteed  supply arrangements.  The inability to  obtain sufficient components
and equipment, to obtain or develop alternative sources of supply at competitive
prices and quality, or to avoid  manufacturing delays could prevent the  Company
from  producing sufficient quantities of its  products to satisfy market demand,
result in  delays  in product  shipments,  increase the  Company's  material  or
manufacturing  costs or  cause an  imbalance in  the inventory  level of certain
components. Moreover, difficulties in obtaining sufficient components may  cause
the Company to modify the design of its products to use a more readily available
component,  and  such design  modifications  may result  in  product performance
problems. Any or  all of  these problems  could in turn  result in  the loss  of
customers,  provide  an opportunity  for  competing products  to  achieve market
acceptance and otherwise adversely affect  the Company's business and  financial
results. See "Business--Manufacturing."
    

   
    RECENT  INTRODUCTION OF ZIP AND JAZ;  UNCERTAINTY OF MARKET ACCEPTANCE.  Zip
products accounted for a substantial majority of the Company's sales in 1995 and
the Company  expects that  sales of  Zip and  Jaz products  will account  for  a
substantial  majority of the Company's sales in 1996. The Company's Zip products
commenced commercial shipment in March 1995. Although sales of Zip products were
the primary reason for the Company's revenue growth during 1995, such sales  may
be  attributable in  large part to  the novelty  of the product  and the initial
publicity surrounding the introduction of Zip, and may not be indicative of  the
long-term  demand  for  the product.  As  a  result of  the  Zip  drive's recent
introduction and on-going supply shortages, it is difficult to accurately assess
the ultimate market acceptance of Zip because of uncertainty concerning the size
and characteristics of the market for Zip,  the extent of the market demand  for
Zip  and the competition  that Zip will  confront. Accordingly, investors should
not assume  that the  sales growth  experienced by  the Company  in 1995  is  an
indication of future sales.
    

   
    The  Company began  shipping Jaz drives  and disks in  limited quantities in
December 1995. As is the case with Zip, the Company cannot yet accurately assess
the market acceptance Jaz will achieve due to uncertainties regarding the market
for Jaz and the  competition it will  confront. Moreover, as  is typical in  the
industry,  the Company is continuing to refine the product design for Jaz, which
has not yet  begun to ship  in volume, and  there can be  no assurance that  the
Company  will not experience problems or delays  as it begins to manufacture and
ship Jaz products in volume. In  addition, the Jaz drive incorporates hard  disk
technology  that  has  not previously  been  used in  any  other removable-media
cartridge  drives   with   similar  performance   characteristics,   and   there
    

                                       5
<PAGE>
   
can  be no assurance that Jaz will perform  as the Company expects or attain the
lifespan the  Company anticipates.  For the  foregoing reasons,  and because  of
differences  in their price and target markets, investors should not assume that
Jaz will receive the initial market acceptance that Zip has experienced.
    

   
    In addition, the market acceptance Zip and Jaz will achieve is difficult  to
assess  because their product features are fundamentally different from the most
popular data storage  devices today (hard  disk drives, floppy  disk drives  and
CD-ROM  drives). No new  type of read/writable data  storage device has achieved
widespread market acceptance in recent years, and there can be no assurance that
Zip and Jaz will achieve widespread market acceptance. Moreover, the two formats
of removable-media storage  which have  gained widespread  market acceptance  to
date--floppy   disk  drives  and  CD-ROM   drives--are  both  used  by  software
manufacturers as a means  of software distribution.  The Company's products  are
not  intended for use in software distribution,  and the Company does not expect
that its products will  be so used.  The market acceptance of  Zip and Jaz  will
also depend upon a number of other factors, including the ability of the Company
to   produce  a   sufficient  supply  of   Zip  and  Jaz   products  (see  "Risk
Factors--Shortages  of  Critical  Components;   Absence  of  Supply   Contracts;
Dependence  on Suppliers" and "--Reliance  on Non-Binding Contract Manufacturing
Relationships"), the price, performance  and other characteristics of  competing
solutions   introduced  by  other  vendors  and   the  timing  of  such  product
introductions (see "Risk Factors--Competition") and  the success of the  Company
in  establishing OEM arrangements for Zip and Jaz with leading personal computer
manufacturers (see "Risk Factors-- Dependence on Non-Binding Strategic Marketing
Alliances; Need to Establish Additional Alliances").  The failure of Zip or  Jaz
to achieve widespread commercial acceptance would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business.
    

   
    RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH GROWTH OF BUSINESS.  The Company's business has grown
significantly in the past year, with sales increasing from $38.5 million in  the
fourth  quarter  of  1994 to  $148.8  million  in the  fourth  quarter  of 1995.
Moreover, the Company has significantly restructured its business over the  past
two  years, introducing the Zip  drive in March 1995,  the Jaz drive in December
1995 and  several new  Ditto  products during  1995. Products  introduced  since
January  1, 1995 now  generate the substantial majority  of the Company's sales.
The growth and restructuring  of the Company's  business has placed  significant
demands  on the systems  and management of the  Company. For example, throughout
1995, demand  for the  Company's  products, particularly  its Zip  disk  drives,
exceeded the Company's manufacturing capacity. In addition, this business growth
and  restructuring have resulted in additional  personnel needs and an increased
level  of  responsibility  for  management  personnel.  To  manage  its   growth
effectively,  the Company will be required to continue to expand and improve its
internal operations  and systems  (including manufacturing,  logistics,  product
development,  management  information systems  and sales  and marketing)  and to
expand and manage its employee base.  The Company has recently added or  expects
to  add several key managers, including a new Senior Vice President, Operations,
and there can be  no assurance as to  the rate at which  these managers will  be
effectively  assimilated into the Company's business or operate effectively as a
management team. The  Company will also  be required to  effectively expand  and
manage  the  independent  contractors  which  the  Company  intends  to  use  to
manufacture a majority of its products in the future. The Company's inability to
manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the  Company's
operating results. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data,"
"Business--Employees" and "Management."
    

   
    RECENT  OPERATING LOSSES; QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS  IN OPERATING RESULTS; RISK
OF FAILURE TO SATISFY MARKET EXPECTATIONS.   The Company incurred net losses  in
1993  and 1994,  as well  as in  the first  two quarters  of 1995.  Although the
Company was profitable for 1995 as a whole, there can be no assurance it will be
able to remain  profitable in the  future. The Company  has experienced and  may
experience  in the  future significant  fluctuations in  its quarterly operating
results.  Factors  such  as  price  reductions,  the  introduction  and   market
acceptance  of  new  products,  product returns,  the  availability  of critical
components,  the  lower  gross  margins  associated  with  the  Company's  newly
introduced  products,  seasonality and  the  condition of  retail  markets could
contribute to this variability. Moreover, the Company's expense levels are based
in part on  expectations of  future sales levels,  and a  shortfall in  expected
sales could therefore result in a disproportionate decrease in the Company's net
income. As a result of these and other factors, it is likely that in some future
period  the  Company's  operating  results will  be  below  the  expectations of
investors, which would  be likely to  result in a  significant reduction in  the
market  price of the Common  Stock. In light of  the Company's revenue growth in
1995 and the change in the
    

                                       6
<PAGE>
   
nature  of  its  business  over  the  past  year,  the  Company  believes   that
period-to-period  comparisons  of  its  financial  results  are  not necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
The Company believes that its 1996 operating results are subject to a wide range
of possible  outcomes  because  they  will  be  heavily  dependent  on  recently
introduced  products and subject to a number of uncertainties. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    

   
    The Company's recently introduced Ditto,  Zip and Jaz products are  targeted
primarily to the retail consumer market. This market is generally seasonal, with
a  substantial portion of total sales typically occurring in the fourth quarter.
In addition, some retailers have  been experiencing sales decreases and  certain
analysts  have  predicted continued  softening of  this market.  Accordingly, in
light of the  seasonal nature and  general uncertainty of  the consumer  market,
investors  should not  assume fourth  quarter of  1995 revenues  are necessarily
indicative of the revenues to be expected in any future quarter.
    

   
    TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND NEW PRODUCTS.  The Company operates in an  industry
that  is subject to both rapid technological change and rapid change in consumer
demands. For  example,  over the  last  10 years  the  typical hard  disk  drive
included in a new personal computer has increased in capacity from approximately
40  MBs to over 1 GB, while the price of a hard disk drive has remained constant
or even decreased. The Company's future success will depend in significant  part
on  its ability to  continually develop and  introduce, in a  timely manner, new
removable-media disk drives  and tape  products with improved  features, and  to
develop  and manufacture those new products within a cost structure that enables
the Company  to sell  such products  at lower  prices than  those of  comparable
products today. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
developing, manufacturing and marketing new and enhanced products that meet both
the   performance  and   price  demands   of  the   data  storage   market.  See
"Business--Product Development."
    

   
    DEPENDENCE ON NON-BINDING STRATEGIC  MARKETING ALLIANCES; NEED TO  ESTABLISH
ADDITIONAL  ALLIANCES.  The  Company's business strategy  depends in significant
part on  establishing  successful strategic  alliances  with a  variety  of  key
companies   within  the  computer   industry.  Among  the   types  of  alliances
contemplated by  the  Company's business  strategy  are: OEM  arrangements  with
personal computer manufacturers that will include Zip, Jaz and Ditto products as
a  standard  feature or  factory-installed option  in their  personal computers;
reseller arrangements  (including  private and  co-branding  arrangements)  with
major vendors of computer products covering the resale of the Company's products
by  such companies;  and licensing arrangements  under which  the Company grants
certain  computer  manufacturers  on  a  royalty-bearing  basis  the  right   to
manufacture  and sell Zip, Jaz and Ditto drives or media. The Company is a party
to several such strategic alliances, is currently in the process of  negotiating
additional  strategic alliances, and expects  to continue to establish strategic
alliances of this nature in the future. Most of the strategic alliances to which
the Company is now a party have been established only recently, and there can be
no assurance that such  relationships will produce  the benefits anticipated  by
the  Company.  Moreover,  the  Company  believes  that  establishing  additional
strategic alliances (especially OEM arrangements) is critical to the success  of
its  business, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful
in doing so. In  addition, the Company's strategic  alliances are generally  not
covered by binding contracts and may be subject to unilateral termination by the
Company's  strategic partners, and also may require the Company to share control
over  its   manufacturing  and   marketing   programs  and   technologies.   See
"Business--Company    Strategy--Broadening   Distribution    Through   Strategic
Alliances," "Business--Marketing and Sales."
    

   
    RELIANCE ON NON-BINDING CONTRACT  MANUFACTURING RELATIONSHIPS.  The  Company
plans  to use independent parties to manufacture  for the Company, on a contract
basis, a majority of the Company's products in the future. The Company currently
has  manufacturing  relationships  with  Seiko  Epson  (Zip  drives),  MegaMedia
Computer  (Zip disks), Sequel (Jaz drives) and First Engineering Plastics (Ditto
drives). There  can be  no assurance  that  the Company  will be  successful  in
maintaining  such relationships  or in establishing  additional relationships in
the future,  or  in managing  such  manufacturing relationships.  The  Company's
manufacturing  relationships are generally not  covered by binding contracts and
may  be  subject  to  unilateral  termination  by  the  Company's  manufacturing
partners.  In addition, there can be no assurance that third-party manufacturers
will be  able  to  meet  the Company's  quantity  or  quality  requirements  for
manufactured products. Moreover, the Company may
    

                                       7
<PAGE>
   
grant  certain of its third-party manufacturers, among others, the right to sell
a portion of the Zip and Jaz drives they produce for their own account,  thereby
potentially  reducing the  supply of such  drives to the  Company and increasing
competition. See "Business--Manufacturing."
    

   
    COMPETITION.  The data storage  industry is highly competitive. The  Company
believes  that  its  Zip  and  Jaz products  compete  most  directly  with other
removable-media data storage  devices, such  as magnetic  cartridge disk  drives
offered  by Syquest Technology, optical disk drives and "floptical" disk drives.
Although the  Company  believes that  its  Zip  and Jaz  products  offer  price,
performance  or  usability  advantages over  the  other  removable-media storage
devices available today, the  Company believes that  the price, performance  and
usability  levels  of existing  removable-media products  will improve  and that
other companies will introduce new removable-media storage devices. Accordingly,
the Company believes  its Zip and  Jaz products will  face increasingly  intense
competition.  In particular, a  consortium comprised of  Compaq Computer, 3M and
MKE has announced  the Floptical 120,  a high-capacity floptical  drive that  is
compatible with conventional floppy disks. If successfully introduced, Floptical
120 would directly compete with Zip. In addition, to the extent that Zip and Jaz
drives are used for incremental primary storage capacity, they also compete with
conventional  hard disk drives. Also, the leading suppliers of conventional hard
disk drives could  at any time  determine to enter  the removable-media  storage
market.
    

   
    As new and competing removable-media storage solutions are introduced, it is
possible  that the first such solution  to achieve a significant market presence
will emerge as an industry standard  and achieve a dominant market position.  If
such  is the case, there  can be no assurance  that the Company's products would
achieve significant market acceptance, particularly given the Company's size and
market position vis-a-vis other competitors.
    

   
    The Company's Ditto products compete with tape drives from companies such as
Conner  Peripherals,  Inc.   and  Colorado   Memory  Systems,   a  division   of
Hewlett-Packard Company, as well as vendors of other backup storage devices. The
Company  may also compete in  both the removable disk  drive and the tape market
with licensees of  the Company's  products. Many  of the  Company's current  and
potential  competitors have  significantly greater  financial, manufacturing and
marketing resources than the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be  able to  compete successfully  against current  and future  sources  of
competition  or that  the competitive  pressures faced  by the  Company will not
adversely affect the Company's operating results. See "Business--Competition."
    

   
    DECLINE IN LIQUIDITY; FUTURE  CAPITAL NEEDS.  As  of December 31, 1995,  the
Company  had cash and cash  equivalents of $1 million.  During 1995, the Company
used $27.0 million in  operating activities and an  additional $45.2 million  in
the  purchase of  equipment and  leasehold improvements.  Also during  1995, the
Company  experienced  substantial  increases  in  its  accounts  receivable  and
inventories.  Increases in these  working capital components  have resulted in a
significant decline in the Company's liquidity. Although the Company expects the
proceeds of this offering, together with current sources of financing  available
to  the Company,  will be  sufficient to  fund the  Company's operations through
1996, the Company  may require  additional funds  during 1996  or thereafter  to
finance  its operations. The precise amount  and timing of the Company's funding
needs cannot  be determined  at this  time, and  will depend  upon a  number  of
factors,   including  the  market   demand  for  the   Company's  products,  the
availability of critical components, the  Company's strategic alliances for  the
manufacture  of its products, the progress  of the Company's product development
efforts, the Company's  inventory management,  the Company's  management of  its
cash and accounts payable, and the Company's ability to refinance its bank debt,
a  significant portion of which  matures in mid-1996. There  can be no assurance
that funds required  by the Company  in the  future will be  available on  terms
satisfactory  to  the  Company.  The  inability  to  obtain  needed  funding  on
satisfactory terms  would  have  a  material adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
business  and financial  results. See  "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    

   
    DEPENDENCE ON  PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.   The  Company's success  is  heavily
dependent  upon the  establishment and maintenance  of proprietary technologies.
The Company relies on a combination of patent, copyright and trade secret law to
protect the technology in its Zip, Jaz and Ditto products. Although the  Company
has  filed over 40 U.S. and foreign  patent applications relating to its Zip and
Jaz drives and disks, the majority of such
    

                                       8
<PAGE>
   
applications were filed in late 1994 or 1995 and are at relatively early  stages
in  the review process, no such patents have as yet been issued and there can be
no assurance that they will issue in the future. For example, if some or all  of
the  pending Zip and Jaz patents are not granted, the Company may not be able to
legally prevent others from copying the  technology incorporated in the Zip  and
Jaz  drives and  disks or from  producing and selling  compatible products which
compete with  the  Company's products.  If  another  party were  to  succeed  in
producing and selling Zip- or Jaz-compatible disks, the Company's sales would be
materially adversely affected. Moreover, because the Company's Zip and Jaz disks
have  significantly  higher  gross margins  than  the  Zip and  Jaz  drives, the
Company's net  income would  be disproportionately  affected by  any such  sales
shortfall.  In addition, there can  be no assurance that  the steps taken by the
Company to protect its technology  will be adequate to prevent  misappropriation
of  its technology by third  parties, or that third parties  will not be able to
independently develop similar technology.
    

   
    From time to time the Company  receives notices alleging that the  Company's
products  infringe third party proprietary rights.  The Company, however, is not
currently aware of any threatened or  pending legal challenge to the  technology
which  is  incorporated in  its products  which  it expects  to have  a material
adverse effect  on  its  business  or  financial  results.  Patent  and  similar
litigation  frequently is complex and expensive and its outcome can be difficult
to predict. There  can be  no assurance  that the  Company will  prevail in  any
proceedings  that may  be commenced  against the  Company. In  addition, certain
technology used  in  the Company's  products  is licensed  from  third  parties,
including  the backup  software included with  the Company's  Ditto products and
certain patent  rights  relating  to Zip.  The  Company  is in  the  process  of
negotiating  a definitive license  agreement for the  Ditto backup software and,
although it has entered into a letter agreement regarding the Zip patent rights,
is in the process of negotiating a  more detailed license agreement for the  Zip
patent  rights. The failure to execute  definitive agreements or the termination
of any such  license arrangements could  have a material  adverse effect on  the
Company's business and financial results. See "Business--Proprietary Rights."
    

   
    INTERNATIONAL  OPERATIONS.    International  sales  generated  a significant
portion of  the  Company's  sales in  1994  and  1995 and  the  Company  expects
international  sales to  continue to  comprise a  significant percentage  of its
total sales in the future. The  international portion of the Company's  business
is subject to a number of inherent risks, including difficulties in building and
managing foreign operations and foreign reseller networks, the differing product
needs  of foreign  customers, fluctuations in  the value  of foreign currencies,
import/export  duties  and  quotas,  and  unexpected  regulatory,  economic   or
political changes in foreign markets. In addition, the Company relies on foreign
companies  for the  supply of  certain critical  components and  is increasingly
relying on foreign companies for the manufacture of certain of its products, and
these relationships  may be  subject to  some of  the same  risks affecting  its
international  sales.  There can  be no  assurance that  these factors  will not
adversely affect  the Company's  international sales  or its  overall  financial
performance.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition
and  Results   of   Operations"   and  "Business--Marketing   and   Sales"   and
"--Manufacturing."
    

   
    The  Company's international sales are  predominantly denominated in foreign
currencies. Accordingly, a decrease in the value of foreign currencies  relative
to  the  U.S. dollar  could  result in  a  significant decrease  in  U.S. dollar
revenues received by the Company for its international sales. Due to the  number
of  currencies involved in the Company's  international sales and the volatility
of foreign currency  exchange rates, the  Company cannot predict  the effect  of
exchange  rate fluctuations on future operating results. The Company enters into
forward exchange contracts to sell foreign currencies as a means of hedging  its
currency  translation  exposure. In  1995, the  Company  recorded a  net foreign
currency loss of  $1.2 million in  connection with the  remeasurement to  market
value  of  certain foreign  currency contracts,  which  were purchased  with the
intent of hedging operating cash flows. The majority of the loss was incurred in
the first quarter  of 1995  as a  result of  the U.S.  dollar weakening  against
European  currencies hedged by forward currency contracts in place at that time.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations" and Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    

   
    CERTAIN  MARKETING AND SALES RISKS.  As  is common practice in its industry,
the Company's arrangements with its customers generally allow customers, in  the
event  of a  price decrease,  credit equal to  the difference  between the price
originally paid  and  the  new  decreased  price  on  units  in  the  customers'
inventories  on  the  date of  the  price  decrease. When  a  price  decrease is
anticipated, the Company establishes reserves for amounts
    

                                       9
<PAGE>
   
estimated to be reimbursed  to qualifying customers. There  can be no  assurance
that  these reserves  will be  sufficient or  that any  future returns  or price
protection charges will  not have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's
results  of  operations, particularly  because  future results  will  be heavily
dependent on recently introduced products for which the Company has little or no
operating history. In  addition, customers  generally have the  right to  return
excess  inventory within specified  time periods. As  a result, any  build up of
inventory in the Company's distribution channels  that does not sell through  to
end users could result in product returns that have a material adverse effect on
the Company's operating results and financial condition.
    

   
    The   Company  markets  its  products  primarily  through  computer  product
distributors and  retailers. Distribution  channels for  personal computers  and
accessories have been characterized by rapid change, including consolidation and
financial  difficulties of distributors.  The loss or  ineffectiveness of any of
the Company's major  distributors could have  a material adverse  effect on  the
Company's results of operations. In addition, since the Company grants credit to
its  customers, a substantial portion of outstanding accounts receivable are due
from computer product distributors and certain large retailers. At December  31,
1995,  the  customers  with  the  ten  highest  outstanding  accounts receivable
balances totaled $47.1  million or 43%  of gross accounts  receivable, with  one
customer  accounting for $15.2 million, or  14% of gross accounts receivable. If
any one or  a group  of these customers'  receivable balances  should be  deemed
uncollectible,  it would have a material adverse effect on the Company's results
of  operations   and   financial   condition.   See   "Business--Marketing   and
Sales--Marketing."
    

   
    SIGNIFICANT  UNALLOCATED NET PROCEEDS.   The Company  has not yet quantified
the amount  of the  net proceeds  of this  offering that  will be  used for  the
various  purposes described under "Use  of Proceeds." The exact  uses of the net
proceeds, and  the  amount  allocated for  each  use,  will be  subject  to  the
discretion of management. See "Use of Proceeds."
    

   
    DEPENDENCE  ON KEY  PERSONNEL.  The  Company's success will  depend in large
part upon the services of a number  of key employees, including Kim B.  Edwards,
its  President and Chief Executive  Officer. The loss of  the services of one or
more of these key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company's success will also depend  in significant part upon its ability  to
attract  and retain  highly-skilled management and  other personnel. Competition
for such personnel in the computer industry is intense, and the Company has from
time to time experienced difficulty  in finding sufficient numbers of  qualified
professional  and production personnel in the greater Salt Lake City area. There
can be  no assurance  that the  Company  will be  successful in  attracting  and
retaining  the quantity and quality of  personnel that it needs. See "Business--
Employees" and "Management."
    

    STOCK MARKET  VOLATILITY.   There  has been  significant volatility  in  the
market  price of securities of technology-based companies similar in size to the
Company. Factors such  as announcements of  new products by  the Company or  its
competitors, variations in the Company's quarterly operating results, or general
economic  or  stock  market  conditions  unrelated  to  the  Company's operating
performance may have  a significant  impact on the  market price  of the  Common
Stock. In addition, the Company believes that electronic bulletin board postings
regarding  the Company on America Online  and other similar services, certain of
which have in the past  contained false information about Company  developments,
including  quotes falsely attributed to executive  officers of the Company, have
in the past and may in the  future contribute to volatility in the market  price
of  the Common Stock. Any information  concerning the Company, including without
limitation projections of  future operating results,  appearing in such  on-line
bulletin  boards or  otherwise emanating  from a  source other  than the Company
should not be relied upon  as having been supplied  or endorsed by the  Company.
See "Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy."

   
    DILUTION.   The net tangible  book value of the  Common Stock as of December
31, 1995 was $1.07  per share. Assuming  a public offering  price of $15.63  per
share,  investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in this offering will suffer
an immediate dilution  of $13.45 per  share. Moreover, as  of December 31,  1995
there  were outstanding  stock options for  the purchase of  6,206,977 shares of
Common Stock  at a  weighted average  exercise  price of  $1.67 per  share.  The
exercise  of such stock options will result in further dilution to purchasers of
shares in this offering. See "Capitalization."
    

   
    ANTI-TAKEOVER  EFFECT  OF   CERTAIN  CHARTER  AND   BY-LAW  PROVISIONS   AND
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN.  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws
contain    provisions   permitting    the   Board   of    Directors   to   issue
    

                                       10
<PAGE>
   
Preferred Stock with rights  senior to the Common  Stock, limiting the right  of
stockholders  to act by  written consent and requiring  that special meetings of
stockholders be  called only  by the  Board of  Directors or  the President.  In
addition,  the  Company has  a  Shareholder Rights  Plan  that may  make certain
proposed acquisitions of the Company prohibitively expensive. These charter  and
By-Law  provisions and the Shareholder Rights  Plan could make it more difficult
for a stockholder to  effect certain actions  and make it  more difficult for  a
third  party to acquire, or discourage a third party from attempting to acquire,
control of the Company.  As a result,  they could limit  the price that  certain
investors  might be willing to pay in the future for shares of the Common Stock.
See  "Description  of  Capital  Stock--Preferred  Stock",  "--Rights  Plan"  and
"--Delaware Law and Certain Charter and By-Law Provisions."
    

                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY

    Iomega  Corporation  was incorporated  in  Delaware in  1980.  The Company's
principal executive  offices are  located at  1821 West  Iomega Way,  Roy,  Utah
84067,  and its telephone number is (801)  778-1000. As used in this Prospectus,
the terms the "Company" and "Iomega" refer to Iomega Corporation and its  wholly
owned subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   
    The  net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby at  an estimated public  offering price of  $15.63 per share  are
estimated  to  be approximately  $77,150,000  (approximately $88,800,000  if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised  in full), after deducting  the
estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses.
    

   
    The  Company intends to  use the net proceeds  primarily for working capital
needs and general corporate  purposes. In particular, the  net proceeds will  be
used to expand manufacturing capacity, fund sales and marketing and research and
development  activities, purchase  capital equipment,  and finance  increases in
accounts receivable and inventory that may  result from continued growth in  the
Company's  business.  The amounts  actually expended  by  the Company  for these
purposes will vary significantly depending  upon a number of factors,  including
the  market  demand for  the Company's  products,  the availability  of critical
components, the  Company's  strategic  alliances  for  the  manufacture  of  its
products,  the progress  of the  Company's product  development efforts  and the
Company's inventory management. The Company does not believe it can at this time
accurately estimate  the  amounts  to  be  used  for  each  purpose.  See  "Risk
Factors--Significant  Unallocated  Net Proceeds."  The  Company may  also  use a
significant portion of the net proceeds to reduce amounts outstanding under  its
loan agreements.
    

   
    Under  its loan agreement  with Wells Fargo Bank,  N.A. ("Wells Fargo"), the
Company has outstanding revolving loans, which bear interest at the bank's prime
rate plus 1% and become due and payable on June 30, 1996, and term loans,  which
bear  interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1.25% and become due and payable on
June 30, 1996.  As of December  31, 1995, borrowings  under this loan  agreement
were  $36.8  million, consisting  of $33.2  million  under the  revolving credit
facility and  $3.6 million  under  the term  loan  facility (exclusive  of  bank
overdrafts of $11.8 million). As of December 31, 1995, there was $9.8 million of
borrowings  outstanding under the loan agreement between a foreign subsidiary of
the Company and a German commercial bank at interest rates ranging from 7.75% to
15.00%. The agreement expires on November 30, 1996. In January 1996, the Company
entered into a $6 million revolving credit facility with First Security Bank  of
Utah,  N.A., all of which was outstanding  at January 30, 1996. The line matures
on April 12, 1996 and bears interest  at the bank's prime rate plus 2%.  Amounts
borrowed under these loan agreements have been used for working capital purposes
and purchases of capital equipment. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources"
and Note  5  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  a  further
description of the Company's loan agreements.
    

   
    The  Company may also use a portion of  the net proceeds to make one or more
acquisitions of businesses,  products or technologies  which enhance or  broaden
the Company's current product offerings. However, except as described below, the
Company  has no specific agreements or  commitments and is not currently engaged
in any negotiations for any such  acquisition. The Company is currently  engaged
in  negotiations for a technology acquisition for  a total purchase price (to be
paid over  two  years) of  less  than $2,000,000,  which  the Company  does  not
consider material to its business or financial condition.
    

    Pending  the  uses described  above, the  net proceeds  will be  invested in
short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.

                                       12
<PAGE>
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

    The Company's Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol IOMG. The following table sets  forth for the periods indicated the  high
and  low sales prices  per share of the  Common Stock as  reported on the Nasdaq
National Market.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   HIGH        LOW
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Quarter..................................................................................  $    0.83  $    0.60
Second Quarter.................................................................................  $    0.70  $    0.53
Third Quarter..................................................................................  $    1.07  $    0.70
Fourth Quarter.................................................................................  $    1.50  $    0.77

<CAPTION>
1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
First Quarter..................................................................................  $    2.61  $    1.08
Second Quarter.................................................................................  $    8.71  $    2.33
Third Quarter..................................................................................  $   10.00  $    6.79
Fourth Quarter.................................................................................  $   17.92  $    5.50
<CAPTION>
1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
First Quarter (through January 29, 1996).......................................................  $   17.46  $   11.42
</TABLE>
    

   
    The Company has never paid any cash  dividends on its Common Stock and  does
not  anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company
currently intends to retain future earnings  to fund the development and  growth
of its business. The Company's loan agreements prohibit the payment of dividends
without the prior written consent of the banks.
    

                                       13
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

   
    The  following  table sets  forth the  capitalization of  the Company  as of
December 31, 1995 and as adjusted to give  effect to the sale by the Company  of
the  5,250,000  shares of  Common  Stock offered  hereby,  at an  assumed public
offering price of $15.63 per  share, after deducting the estimated  underwriting
discount and offering expenses.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value;
   4,750,000 shares authorized; no
   shares outstanding.....................................................................  $      --   $      --
  Series C Junior Participating Preferred
   Stock, $.01 par value; 250,000 shares
   authorized; no shares outstanding......................................................         --          --
  Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value;
   150,000,000 shares authorized; 58,819,335
   shares outstanding (actual); 64,069,335 shares
   outstanding (as adjusted) (1)..........................................................      1,960       2,135
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................................     51,473     128,448
  Retained earnings.......................................................................      9,253       9,253
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity............................................................     62,686     139,836
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total capitalization..................................................................  $  62,686   $ 139,836
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
   
(1) Number  of authorized shares gives effect to an amendment to the Certificate
    of Incorporation in January 1996 increasing the number of authorized  shares
    of  Common  Stock from  30,000,000  to 150,000,000.  Numbers  of outstanding
    shares give effect  to the  3-for-1 stock split  (effected as  a 200%  stock
    dividend)  in January 1996, and excludes an aggregate of 6,206,977 shares of
    Common Stock  reserved  for issuance  upon  the exercise  of  stock  options
    outstanding  as of December 31, 1995  with a weighted average exercise price
    of $1.67 per share.
    

                                       14
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   
    The following table sets forth  selected consolidated financial data of  the
Company  for and as of  the years ended December 31,  1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 and
1995. These  selected consolidated  financial data  have been  derived from  the
Company's  consolidated financial statements  which have been  audited by Arthur
Andersen LLP, independent  public accountants,  as indicated  in their  reports.
These  data  should be  read in  conjunction  with "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the  Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1991       1992       1993       1994       1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales.........................................................  $ 136,566  $ 139,174  $ 147,123  $ 141,380  $ 326,225
  Cost of sales...............................................     68,404     74,090     92,585     92,453    235,838
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Gross margin..............................................     68,162     65,084     54,538     48,927     90,387
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative.........................     34,323     37,572     38,862     36,862     57,189
  Research and development....................................     17,939     21,959     18,972     15,438     19,576
  Restructuring costs (reversal)..............................     --         --         14,131     (2,491)    --
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses..................................     52,262     59,531     71,965     49,809     76,765
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss).......................................     15,900      5,553    (17,427)      (882)    13,622
Interest and other income (expense)...........................      1,661        592        771        908     (1,983)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of
 accounting change............................................     17,561      6,145    (16,656)        26     11,639
Provision for income taxes (1)................................     (5,236)    (1,474)      (206)    (1,908)    (3,136)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting
 change (1)...................................................     12,325      4,671    (16,862)    (1,882)     8,503
Cumulative effect of accounting change (1)....................     --         --          2,337     --         --
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).............................................  $  12,325  $   4,671  $ (14,525) $  (1,882) $   8,503
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) per common share (2)........................  $    0.20  $    0.08  $   (0.27) $   (0.03) $    0.14
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average common shares outstanding (2)................     61,767     60,795     54,318     55,419     60,180

<CAPTION>

                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1991       1992       1993       1994       1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and temporary investments..............  $  31,611  $  19,691  $  18,804  $  19,793  $   1,023
Working capital...............................................     43,165     35,038     30,550     34,818     12,623
Total assets..................................................     87,046     86,955     81,089     75,833    266,227
Stockholders' equity..........................................     64,845     65,024     51,090     49,063     62,686
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------------
(1)  See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)  See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       15
<PAGE>
   

    

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

  BACKGROUND

    The  Company's business has undergone a significant transition over the past
three years. During 1993,  the Company recorded  $14.1 million in  restructuring
costs  relating  to the  write-off of  certain assets  and the  establishment of
accruals and  reserves  for  future restructuring  of  the  Company's  business,
including  the disposal of  a portion of the  Company's research and development
operations, workforce  reductions and  other  consolidation of  operations,  and
other  restructuring actions necessary to make the Company more customer-driven.
These restructuring reserves and accruals totaled approximately $11.5 million at
December 31, 1993.

    1994  was  a  year  of  transition  for  the  Company  as  operations   were
restructured and redirected towards new development and marketing activities. On
January 1, 1994, Mr. Edwards joined the Company as President and Chief Executive
Officer.  During the first quarter of 1994,  the Company sold its thin-film head
development operations and  discontinued its  Floptical development  operations.
During  the  third quarter  of  1994, the  Company  sold certain  assets  of its
Floptical development operations and also abandoned a Bernoulli-type product  in
the  development stage. During the fourth  quarter of 1994, the Company disposed
of tooling and other  manufacturing equipment which had  become obsolete due  to
product  design changes to  make the Company's  products more consumer friendly.
The Company also reduced its workforce  and paid out severance and  outplacement
costs  in connection with two reductions in  workforce, one of which occurred in
January 1994 and the other in June 1994. These actions were included in the 1993
restructuring  accruals  and  therefore  had  no  impact  on  1994  results   of
operations.

    In  addition  to  restructuring  and  streamlining  much  of  its historical
business during 1994,  the Company  took several steps  towards introducing  the
products  that are currently generating most of the Company's revenues. In 1994,
the Company began  the consumer  research and product  development efforts  that
would  lead to the  introduction of its  Zip disk drive,  which was announced in
October 1994. The Company also began  the development work that would  culminate
in  the Jaz drive.  In addition, the Company  successfully expanded and enhanced
its family of tape drives  in 1994, adopting the Ditto  name for the first  time
and introducing the Ditto 420.

   
    The  Company's efforts during 1994  began to yield results  in 1995. The Zip
drive began commercial shipment  in March 1995. The  Jaz drive began  commercial
shipment  in  limited  quantities in  December  1995. The  Company  continued to
enhance its tape drive family  in 1995, introducing the  Ditto Easy 800 and  the
Ditto  3200. As a  result of these  new products, the  Company's sales increased
from $40.1 million in the first quarter of 1995 to $148.8 million in the  fourth
quarter of 1995.
    

   
    In 1994, Bernoulli products accounted for almost two-thirds of the Company's
sales,  with Ditto products accounting for most of the balance. In 1995, Zip was
the Company's largest selling  product line, with  Bernoulli and other  products
accounting  for  only  approximately 20%  of  the Company's  sales.  The Company
expects that Zip and Jaz products will account for a substantial majority of its
sales in 1996.  The Company does  not expect Bernoulli  products to represent  a
significant portion of the Company's revenues or net income in the future.
    

  FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS

   
    Because  the  Company  is  relying  on its  Zip  and  Jaz  products  for the
substantial majority  of  its sales  in  1996, the  Company's  future  operating
results  will depend in  large part on  the ability of  those products to attain
widespread market acceptance. Although  the Company believes  there is a  market
demand  for  new  personal computer  data  storage  solutions, there  can  be no
assurance that the  Company will be  successful in establishing  Zip and Jaz  as
accepted solutions for that market need. The extent to which Zip and Jaz achieve
a  significant market presence  will depend upon a  number of factors, including
the  price,  performance  and  other  characteristics  of  competing   solutions
introduced  by other vendors, the timing  of the introduction of such solutions,
and the success of the Company in establishing OEM arrangements for Zip and  Jaz
with leading personal computer
    

                                       16
<PAGE>
   
manufacturers.  In  addition, the  component  shortages confronting  the Company
could continue  to limit  the Company's  sales and  provide an  opportunity  for
competing  products  to  achieve market  acceptance.  See  "Risk Factors--Recent
Introduction of Zip and Jaz; Uncertainty of Market Acceptance," "--Competition,"
"--Shortages of Critical Components; Absence of Supply Contracts; Dependence  on
Suppliers,"  "--Dependence on Non-Binding Strategic Marketing Alliances; Need to
Establish  Additional  Alliances"  and   "--Reliance  on  Non-Binding   Contract
Manufacturing  Relationships"  and  "Business--The  Need  for  New  Data Storage
Solutions," "--Marketing and Sales," "--Manufacturing" and "--Competition."
    

   
    A number of elements  of the Company's business  strategy may also  directly
impact  the Company's future operating  results. Because the Company's marketing
strategy is based in  significant part on generating  consumer awareness of  and
demand  for its  products, the  Company plans  to incur  significantly increased
marketing and advertising expenses in 1996.  In addition, a critical element  of
the Company's distribution strategy is the establishment of OEM arrangements for
Zip,  Jaz and Ditto. OEM sales generally  provide lower gross margins than sales
to other channels. Moreover, reductions in the prices of the Company's Zip,  Jaz
and  Ditto products  would likely  have an adverse  effect on  gross margins for
those products.
    

   
    The Company's  business strategy  is substantially  dependent on  maximizing
sales  of its proprietary Zip and Jaz disks, which generate significantly higher
margins than its disk drives. If this strategy is not successful, either because
the Company does not  establish a sufficiently large  installed base of Zip  and
Jaz  drives,  because  another  party  succeeds  in  producing  disks  that  are
compatible with Zip and Jaz drives without infringing the Company's  proprietary
rights,  or  for  any  other  reason, the  Company's  sales  would  be adversely
affected, and its net income would be disproportionately adversely affected. See
"Risk Factors--Dependence on Proprietary Technology."
    

   
    Although sales  of Zip  drives and  disks were  the primary  reason for  the
Company's revenue growth during 1995, sales of such products may be attributable
in  large  part  to the  novelty  of  such products  and  the  initial publicity
surrounding the introduction of Zip, and may not be indicative of the  long-term
demand  for such  products. Moreover, the  retail market to  which the Company's
products are targeted  is seasonal, with  a substantial portion  of total  sales
typically  occurring  in the  fourth quarter,  and may  be subject  to continued
softening in  1996. Accordingly,  investors  should not  assume that  the  sales
growth  experienced by  the Company  in 1995 is  an indication  of future sales.
Moreover, in light of the Company's revenue growth in 1995 and the change in the
nature  of  its  business  over  the  past  year,  the  Company  believes   that
period-to-period  comparisons  of  its  financial  results  are  not necessarily
meaningful.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  experienced  and  may  experience
significant   fluctuations  in  its  quarterly   operating  results.  See  "Risk
Factor--Recent Operating Losses;  Quarterly Fluctuations  in Operating  Results;
Risk of Failure to Satisfy Market Expectations."
    

   
    The  Company's  European  sales  are  predominantly  denominated  in foreign
currencies. In addition,  the Company  purchases certain  components in  foreign
currencies.  The  Company enters  into forward  exchange  contracts to  sell and
purchase foreign currencies  as a means  of hedging its  foreign operating  cash
flows.  Fluctuations in  the value  of foreign  currencies relative  to the U.S.
dollar  would  result  in   foreign  currency  gains   and  losses.  See   "Risk
Factors--International Operations."
    

                                       17
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   
    The  following table  sets forth certain  financial data as  a percentage of
sales for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF SALES
                                                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                                                      1993         1994         1995
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Sales............................................................................      100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
Cost of sales....................................................................       62.9         65.4         72.3
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
  Gross margin...................................................................       37.1         34.6         27.7
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative............................................       26.4         26.1         17.5
  Research and development.......................................................       12.9         10.9          6.0
  Restructuring costs (reversal).................................................        9.6         (1.8)       --
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
    Total operating expenses.....................................................       48.9         35.2         23.5
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Operating income (loss)..........................................................      (11.8)        (0.6)         4.2
Interest and other income (expense)..............................................        0.5          0.6         (0.6)
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change.....      (11.3)       --             3.6
Provision for income taxes.......................................................       (0.2)        (1.3)        (1.0)
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change..................      (11.5)        (1.3)         2.6
Cumulative effect of accounting change...........................................        1.6        --           --
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Net income (loss)................................................................       (9.9)%       (1.3)%        2.6%
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>
    

   
1995 AS COMPARED TO 1994
    

   
    SALES.  Sales increased by $185 million,  or 131%, in 1995 when compared  to
1994. The primary reason for the increased sales was the introduction of the new
Zip  product line, which began shipping at the end of the first quarter of 1995.
Increased sales of Ditto  products also contributed to  the increased sales.  In
addition,  the  Company began  shipping Jaz  products  in limited  quantities in
December 1995. These sales increases were  partially offset by reduced sales  of
Bernoulli products.
    

   
    In 1995, sales of Zip and Jaz products accounted for $174.2 million, or 53%,
of  sales. Ditto products accounted for $86.5  million, or 27%, of sales in 1995
as compared to  $42.1 million, or  30%, of  sales in 1994.  Bernoulli and  other
product  sales totaled $65.5  million, or 20%,  of sales in  1995 as compared to
$99.3 million, or 70%, of  1994 sales. In the fourth  quarter of 1995, sales  of
Zip  and  Jaz increased  to 68%  of sales,  Ditto represented  22% of  sales and
Bernoulli and other products were 10% of sales.
    

   
    Sales to the U.S. market increased by $133.5 million, or 149%, in 1995  when
compared to 1994. International sales, primarily to customers located in Europe,
increased  by $51.3 million,  or 99%, in  1995 when compared  to 1994. In total,
sales outside  of  the United  States  represented 31.7%  of  sales in  1995  as
compared to 36.7% in 1994.
    

   
    Management  expects increased sales of Zip,  Jaz and Ditto products in 1996,
which it expects  to be  partially offset by  significant declines  in sales  of
Bernoulli  products. However,  the Company  is experiencing  component shortages
which may continue to limit  production and therefore sales. Accordingly,  there
can be no assurance that future sales will materialize as expected.
    

   
    GROSS  MARGIN.  The Company's gross margin  percentage in 1995 was 27.7%, as
compared to 34.6% in 1994. The decline in gross margin percentage was  primarily
attributable  to a shift in sales mix away from higher margin Bernoulli products
to lower margin Zip products. Start-up costs associated with the introduction of
Zip and Jaz products also contributed to the decline in gross margin percentage.
The Company's gross margin
    

                                       18
<PAGE>
   
percentage increased from 25.4%  in the third  quarter of 1995  to 30.6% in  the
fourth  quarter of 1995, which is primarily attributable to an increase in sales
of Zip  disks,  which  have  significantly higher  margins  than  drives,  as  a
percentage of total sales.
    

   
    Gross  margins in  1996 will depend  in large part  on sales of  Zip and Jaz
disks, which generate significantly higher  gross margin than the  corresponding
drives,  and on the sales mix between  disks and drives. Historically, the gross
margin of Bernoulli  products has  generally been in  excess of  40%; the  gross
margins  of the Zip, Jaz and Ditto  product lines during 1995 were significantly
lower than that. Although the Company expects  the gross margins of Zip and  Jaz
products to increase as production increases, it does not expect them to achieve
the  levels historically achieved by Bernoulli.  In addition, gross margins will
be affected by the level of sales through OEMs, the Company's ability to achieve
planned cost reductions and  by any future  price reductions. See  "Management's
Discussion    and   Analysis    of   Financial   Condition    and   Results   of
Operations--Overview."
    

   
    SELLING,  GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.    Selling,  general   and
administrative  expenses increased  by 55%  in 1995  as compared  to 1994.  As a
percentage of sales,  these expenses  declined from 26.1%  in 1994  to 17.5%  in
1995.  The decline in percentage  is due to the  increased sales volume in 1995.
The actual  selling,  general and  administrative  expenses increased  by  $20.3
million  in 1995 as compared to 1994.  The increased expenses were primarily the
result of advertising and  promotion expenses incurred  to launch new  products,
variable  selling  expenses, and  increased  salaries and  wages  resulting from
increased headcount  in  all  areas  of  sales,  marketing  and  administration.
Management  expects  selling, general  and  administrative expenses  to increase
further in 1996 in  absolute dollars due to  advertising and promotion  expenses
expected  to be incurred to help create  demand for Zip, Jaz and Ditto products,
as  well   as  increased   variable  selling   expenses  and   increased   fixed
administrative expenses.
    

   
    RESEARCH  AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.   Research and development expenses were
6.0% of sales in 1995, compared to 10.9% in 1994. The decline in percentages  is
due  to the increased sales volumes in 1995. The actual research and development
expenses increased by $4.1 million in  1995 compared to 1994. This increase  was
primarily  the result  of expenditures  related to  the development  of the Zip,
Ditto and Jaz products. Management  expects continued increases in research  and
development  expenses in 1996 in absolute dollars as the result of the continued
growth in the resources needed for future product development and enhancement.
    

   
    OTHER.  In 1995, the  Company recorded a net  foreign currency loss of  $1.2
million.  This loss was primarily a result of losses incurred in connection with
the remeasurement of forward exchange  contracts to market values. The  majority
of  the  loss was  incurred in  the first  quarter  of 1995  as the  U.S. dollar
weakened against foreign  currencies (primarily European  currencies) that  were
hedged by the forward contracts in place at March 31, 1995. In the first quarter
of  1995, the  Company bought  more than its  customary three  months of forward
exchange contracts with the intent of  hedging operating cash flows through  the
remainder  of the year  and in anticipation of  a strengthening dollar. However,
the dollar  continued  to  weaken  against  the  currencies  that  were  hedged,
resulting  in a $1.5 million charge to operations. The loss on the remeasurement
of forward exchange contracts was partially offset by translation gains recorded
in remeasurement of its  foreign subsidiary's financial  statements to the  U.S.
dollar.
    

   
    The  Company  recorded  interest expense  of  $1.7  million in  1995  due to
borrowings on short-term credit lines as well as capital leases. Interest income
declined from $.9 million in 1994 to  $.5 million in 1995 due to declining  cash
balances. Other income of $.4 million recorded in 1995 is primarily attributable
to royalty payments received related to the Company's Ditto products.
    

   
    For  1995, the Company recorded a tax provision of $3.1 million representing
an effective income tax  rate of 27%. The  Company expects the effective  income
tax  rate to  increase in the  future to the  statutory rate of  35% for federal
income tax and approximately 5% for state  income taxes. The timing of the  rate
increase  will depend on future taxable income, the utilization of available tax
credits, and changes in the valuation allowance associated with the deferred tax
assets.
    

1994 AS COMPARED TO 1993

    Sales decreased by 4% in 1994 when compared to 1993. Significant declines in
sales of 5 1/4-inch 44- and 90-MB Bernoulli drive products were partially offset
by   increased   sales    of   5    1/4-inch   150-    and   230-MB    Bernoulli

                                       19
<PAGE>
drive  products.  Bernoulli drive  sales dollars  in total  declined in  1994 as
compared to 1993. Unit  sales of Bernoulli drives  were relatively flat in  1994
versus  1993, but  price reductions resulted  in lower  sales dollars. Bernoulli
disk sales also declined in 1994 as compared to 1993 in both dollars and  units.
These  declines in Bernoulli  sales were partially offset  by increased sales of
tape products. Tape drive unit sales doubled in 1994 as compared to 1993,  while
sales dollars increased at a slightly lower rate due to a lower average price on
tape  products in 1994. Sales of the Company's SyQuest-compatible removable hard
disk cartridges (which have been discontinued) increased in 1994, which offset a
decline in Floptical product sales.

    Sales to the U.S. market declined in 1994 when compared to 1993 as a  result
of  decreasing sales of Bernoulli products,  which were only partially offset by
increases in tape  product sales. International  sales, including export  sales,
increased  by approximately 25% and represented  37% of total consolidated sales
in 1994 compared to 28% in 1993. Substantial increases in sales of tape products
in Europe were the primary reason  for the increased sales in the  international
channels.

    Cost of sales increased as a percentage of sales from 62.9% in 1993 to 65.4%
in  1994. The  decline in  the gross  margin percentage  was partially  due to a
higher mix of tape  products which have lower  gross margins than the  Bernoulli
products.  In addition,  all product  lines continued  to experience competitive
price pressures which resulted in lower selling prices in 1994 when compared  to
1993.  Partially offsetting these  factors, both the  Bernoulli and tape product
lines benefitted from significant production cost reductions which were realized
throughout 1994.

    Selling, general and administrative expenses  decreased by $2.0 million  and
decreased  slightly as a percentage  of sales from 26.4%  to 26.1%. Decreases in
selling, general and administrative expenses resulted from restructuring actions
which occurred in January and  June of 1994, including  the closing down of  the
Floptical  product line, as well as streamlining operations in both the U.S. and
Europe. Sales and marketing expenses were  increased in the latter part of  1994
to  introduce the  Zip product  line and  to reposition  the Company's marketing
strategy worldwide. In  addition, selling, general  and administrative  expenses
increased in 1994 due to the payment of management bonuses.

    Research  and development expenses decreased by $3.5 million and declined as
a percentage of sales from 12.9% in 1993 to 10.9% in 1994. The major decline  in
research  and development expenses resulted from  the sale of the Company's thin
film head  development operation  located in  Fremont, California  in the  first
quarter of 1994 and from closing its Floptical development laboratory located in
Boulder,  Colorado in the first quarter of 1994. Offsetting these decreases were
increased  development  spending  on  the   Company's  tape  product  line   and
development costs for the Company's Zip product line.

    The Company's operating expenses were reduced in 1994 due to the reversal of
restructuring  reserves  totaling  $2.5  million.  The  Company  had  previously
recorded restructuring reserves  totaling $11.5  million at  December 31,  1993.
During  1993 and  1994, the Company  effected most of  the restructuring actions
that had been planned, but due to changing conditions, it elected to change  the
scope and focus of other previously planned activities. As a result, the Company
no longer required $2.5 million of the previously recorded reserves and reversed
the  unneeded  reserves  in the  fourth  quarter  of 1994.  The  Company  had no
remaining restructuring reserves on its balance sheet at December 31, 1994.

    Interest income increased by $0.3 million in 1994 as compared to 1993 due to
a slight increase in cash and temporary investments, as well as higher  interest
rates  earned  on  available  balances.  Other  income  consisted  primarily  of
royalties received,  offset in  part  by losses  incurred  on the  writedown  of
computer systems and foreign currency losses.

    In  1993,  the Company  increased  its deferred  tax  assets as  required by
Statement of  Financial Accounting  Standards No.  109, "Accounting  for  Income
Taxes"  (SFAS No. 109). The  deferred tax assets net  value at December 31, 1993
was $5.0  million. The  realizability of  deferred tax  assets were  reevaluated
throughout  1994  in light  of  changing business  conditions  and uncertainties
regarding previously contemplated strategies. As a result, the Company  recorded
a tax provision of $3.3 million to increase the valuation allowance to cover the
realizability of the deferred tax assets to its estimated realizable value as of
December 31, 1994. In addition to this tax provision which was recorded in 1994,
the   Company  recognized   a  tax  benefit   of  $1.4  million   in  the  third

                                       20
<PAGE>
   
quarter of 1994 as a result of a change in an estimate on the Company's 1993 tax
return due to a change in the transfer price on products between the Company and
its German  subsidiary.  The  change  in  transfer price  was  a  result  of  an
independent economic study. The above items resulted in a tax provision for 1994
totaling $1.9 million.
    

SELECTED QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

   
    The  following  table  sets  forth certain  unaudited  quarterly  results of
operations of  the  Company  for  each  quarter  of  1995.  In  the  opinion  of
management,  these financial data  have been prepared  on the same  basis as the
audited consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  include  all
adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair
presentation of the  results of  operations for these  periods. These  financial
data  should be read  in conjunction with  the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 QUARTER ENDED
                                                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                                APRIL 2,    JULY 2,   OCTOBER 1,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1995       1995        1995          1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Sales.........................................................  $  40,112  $  52,594   $  84,721    $   148,798
Cost of sales.................................................     28,395     40,907      63,225        103,311
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
  Gross margin................................................     11,717     11,687      21,496         45,487
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative.........................      9,349     10,162      13,878         23,800
  Research and development....................................      4,126      3,976       4,691          6,783
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
  Total operating expenses....................................     13,475     14,138      18,569         30,583
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Operating income (loss).......................................     (1,758)    (2,451)      2,927         14,904
Interest and other income (expense)...........................        (20)       (55)       (230)        (1,678)
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Income (loss) before income taxes.............................     (1,778)    (2,506)      2,697         13,226
Provision for income taxes....................................        280        559        (672)        (3,303)
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Net income (loss).............................................  $  (1,498) $  (1,947)  $   2,025    $     9,923
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Net income (loss) per common share............................  $   (0.03) $   (0.03)  $    0.03    $      0.16
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Weighted average common shares outstanding....................     56,301     57,018      63,618         63,780
</TABLE>
    

   
    Sales in the first quarter of 1995 consisted primarily of sales of Bernoulli
and Ditto drives and media. Zip products, which began shipping late in the first
quarter of 1995, accounted for an increasing  portion of sales over each of  the
remaining  three quarters  of 1995. Sales  of Zip products  throughout 1995 were
affected by  component shortages  which limited  production. The  Company  began
shipping Jaz drives in limited quantities during December 1995.
    

   
    The  losses  incurred  in  the  first  and  second  quarters  of  1995  were
predominantly a result of the start-up costs associated with the introduction of
Zip, component shortages relating  to Zip and anticipated  declines in sales  of
Bernoulli  products. Bernoulli  products, which accounted  for more  than 60% of
total sales in the fourth  quarter of 1994, declined to  less than 10% of  total
sales by the fourth quarter of 1995. In the fourth quarter of 1995, sales of Zip
and  Jaz accounted for  68% of sales, a  large portion of  which occurred in the
final month of the quarter, and Ditto represented 22% of sales.
    

   
    Quarterly fluctuations in gross margin percentages were primarily related to
the mix of products sold and start-up costs associated with the introduction  of
new products. Gross margins declined from 29% in the first quarter to 22% in the
second quarter, primarily due to start-up costs associated with the introduction
of  Zip products  and a  decline in sales  of higher  margin Bernoulli products.
Gross margins improved to 25% in the  third quarter primarily due to the  impact
of  increased sales of Zip products, which more than offset the decline in sales
of higher  margin  Bernoulli products.  In  the fourth  quarter,  gross  margins
improved to 31%, which was primarily attributable to an increase in sales of Zip
disks,    which   have   significantly   higher    margins   than   drives,   as
    

                                       21
<PAGE>
   
a percentage of total  sales. The increase  in margins in  the third and  fourth
quarters,  together with  continued management of  fixed costs,  resulted in the
Company's profitability in the second half of 1995 and for the total year.
    

   
    Although sales of  Zip products were  the primary reason  for the  Company's
revenue  growth during 1995, such sales may be attributable in large part to the
novelty of the product and the initial publicity surrounding the introduction of
Zip, and  may  not  be indicative  of  the  long-term demand  for  the  product.
Accordingly,  investors should not  assume that the  sales growth experienced by
the Company in 1995 is an indication of future sales. Moreover, in light of  the
Company's  revenue growth in 1995  and the change in  the nature of its business
over the past year,  the Company believes  that period-to-period comparisons  of
its  financial results are not necessarily meaningful. See "Risk Factors--Recent
Introduction of Zip and  Jaz; Uncertainty of Market  Acceptance" and "--  Recent
Operating Losses; Quarterly Fluctuations in Operating Results."
    

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
   
    At  December 31,  1995, the  Company had cash  and cash  equivalents of $1.0
million, working  capital of  $12.6 million  and a  ratio of  current assets  to
current  liabilities of 1.1 to 1. During 1995, the Company used $15.8 million in
cash and  cash  equivalents  consisting  of  $27.0  million  used  in  operating
activities,  and $42.5 million in investing  activities, offset by $53.7 million
provided by financing activities.
    

   
    On July  5,  1995,  the Company  entered  into  a loan  agreement  with  the
Commercial  Finance  Division of  Wells Fargo.  The agreement  permits revolving
loans, term loans and letters of credit up to an aggregate outstanding principal
amount equal  to  the  lesser  of  $60  million  or  90%  of  eligible  accounts
receivable. There is an aggregate sublimit of $10 million for letters of credit.
The  revolving credit line bears interest at  the bank's prime rate plus 1%, and
the Wells Fargo term loans  bear interest at the  bank's prime rate plus  1.25%.
The  agreement expires  June 30,  1996. Certain  covenants within  the agreement
require the Company to maintain minimum levels of working capital and net worth.
Under the agreement with Wells Fargo,  the Company may also secure financing  of
equipment purchases from third parties up to a maximum of $25 million, less term
loans  outstanding to Wells Fargo. In November 1995, a foreign subsidiary of the
Company entered into an agreement with a German commercial bank for up to DM  50
million (approximately $35 million), which involves the sale of a portion of the
foreign  subsidiary's  accounts receivable  to the  bank.  In January  1996, the
Company entered into a  $6.0 million short-term  revolving credit facility  with
First  Security  Bank of  Utah.  This facility  matures  on April  12,  1996 and
contains covenants similar to those contained in the Wells Fargo loan agreement.
In addition, the Company has entered into various agreements to provide  capital
lease  financing and other term loans  for the purchase of certain manufacturing
equipment. The Company intends to refinance  its loan with Wells Fargo upon  its
maturity.  There can be no assurance, however,  that the Company will be able to
refinance such loan at acceptable terms.
    

   
    The Company's balance  sheet at  December 31, 1995  reflected current  notes
payable  of $47.6 million, representing utilization of the revolving credit line
with Wells Fargo of $33.2 million, term loans with Wells Fargo of $3.6  million,
borrowings  under the German  loan agreement of $9.8  million and the short-term
portion of other  term loans of  $1.0 million. In  addition, the short-term  and
long-term  portion of  capital lease obligations  totaled $0.8  million and $1.5
million, respectively, at December 31, 1995, and the long-term portion of  notes
payable totaled $2.6 million at December 31, 1995. The borrowings have been used
to  finance working capital needs, including increases in inventory and accounts
receivable and capital expenditures related to production volume increases.
    

   
    Accounts receivable increased by $87.1 million at December 31, 1995 compared
to December 31, 1994, due to  increased sales, particularly in the last  portion
of  the fourth quarter. Inventory increased by  $81.4 million during 1995 due to
build-ups in manufacturing capacity at  both the Company's facilities and  those
of  manufacturing  partners.  The  Company's  inventory  is  currently  somewhat
imbalanced,  with  more  than  sufficient   quantities  of  certain  goods   and
insufficient quantities of other goods, due in part to difficulties in obtaining
certain  components. The increases  in receivables and  inventory were partially
offset by  increases  in accounts  payable  and accrued  liabilities  of  $120.4
million.
    

                                       22
<PAGE>
   
    Cash  expenditures for fixed asset additions for 1995 totaled $45.2 million.
These additions are  primarily related to  increased manufacturing capacity  for
Zip,  Ditto and Jaz products. The Company expects capital expenditures in future
quarters to continue to  be significant as production  capacity is added at  the
Company's   current  manufacturing  facility,  as  well  as  tooling  at  vendor
facilities and third-party manufacturing facilities.
    

   
    The Company expects that  the proceeds of this  offering, together with  the
current  sources of  financing available to  the Company, will  be sufficient to
fund the  Company's  operations  through 1996,  including  any  planned  expense
increases  or  capital  expenditures discussed  above.  Thereafter,  the Company
anticipates that it may require additional funds to finance its operations.  The
precise amount and timing of the Company's funding needs cannot be determined at
this time, and will depend upon a number of factors, including the market demand
for  the  Company's  products,  the  availability  of  critical  components, the
Company's strategic alliances for the manufacture of its products, the  progress
of  the  Company's  product  development  efforts  and  the  Company's inventory
management. The Company  currently expects  that it  would seek  to obtain  such
funds from additional borrowing arrangements and/or a public offering of debt or
equity  securities. There can be no assurance that funds required by the Company
in the future will be available on terms satisfactory to the Company. See  "Risk
Factors--Decline in Liquidity; Future Capital Needs."
    

   
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
    

   
    In  March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards  No.  121, "Accounting  for  the  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to  be Disposed Of" (SFAS No. 121).
SFAS No.  121  is effective  for  financial statement  periods  beginning  after
December  31, 1995. Management does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 121
will have a material  impact on the Company's  financial position or results  of
operations.
    

                                       23
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

   
    The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  innovative  data storage
solutions, based  on removable-media  technology,  that help  personal  computer
users  "manage their stuff."  The Company's data  storage solutions include disk
drives marketed under the  tradenames Zip and  Jaz and a  family of tape  drives
marketed  under the tradename Ditto.  The Company's Zip and  Jaz disk drives are
designed to provide users  with the benefits of  high capacity and rapid  access
generally   associated  with  hard  disk  drives   and  the  benefits  of  media
removability generally associated with floppy disk drives, including  expandable
storage  capacity  and  data  transportability,  management  and  security.  The
Company's Ditto  tape  drives  primarily  address the  market  for  backup  data
storage.  The Company began shipping Zip drives  in March 1995 and Jaz drives in
limited quantities in December 1995.
    

   
    Designed as a  mass-market product,  the Zip  drive addresses  the needs  of
personal  computer  users  for  an  affordable  storage  device  for  hard drive
expansion, data transportability, management and  security and data backup.  The
drive  uses 100-MB disks to provide 70  times the capacity of traditional floppy
disks. See "Business--Products--Zip."  The external  model of the  Zip drive  is
generally  sold by retailers for  under $200 and the  100-MB disks are typically
sold for under $15 per disk in ten-packs. The Jaz drive also provides hard drive
expansion, data  transportability,  management  and security  and  data  backup.
However,  the Jaz  drive, which  features 1-GB  removable disks  and offers data
transfer rates comparable to those of most current hard disk drives, is targeted
to address the  high-performance needs of  computer users storing,  transporting
and  playing demanding multimedia applications, such as full-screen, full-motion
video. The external model of the Jaz  drive is expected to be sold by  retailers
for  approximately $599, while  the internal version  is expected to  be sold by
retailers for approximately  $499. Each 1-GB  Jaz disk is  expected to sell  for
approximately  $99  in five-packs.  The Company's  Ditto  family of  tape drives
addresses the need  of personal  computer users for  an easy-to-use,  dependable
backup  solution. The  Company offers  internal and  external Ditto  tape drives
based on leading industry standards ranging in capacity from 420 MBs to 3.2  GBs
(using  data compression). Iomega  believes, based on industry  data, that it is
the third largest seller  of tape drives  in the United  States and the  largest
seller of tape drives in Europe.
    

   
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
    

   
    The  Company  believes,  based  upon  information  in  a  1995  report  from
International Data Corporation ("IDC"), that there are in excess of 150  million
personal   computers  in  use  worldwide.   Many  of  these  personal  computers
(particularly those in  the home) are  used by more  than one person.  Moreover,
many people make regular use of more than one personal computer; for example, an
individual  may use one  computer in his or  her office, another  at home, and a
laptop computer while traveling.  Issues that each user  of a personal  computer
must  confront are  how to  store, transport,  share, manage,  secure and backup
computer files and applications.
    

    The vast majority  of personal  computers in  use today  incorporate both  a
conventional  hard disk drive  (which is also known  as a rigid  disk drive or a
"Winchester" disk drive)  and a floppy  disk drive for  data storage. Hard  disk
drives  use magnetic technology to  store data on rigid  rotating disks that are
generally fixed  permanently  in  the  drive mechanism.  Hard  disk  drives  are
characterized by their large storage capacities--capacities ranging from 540 MBs
to  1.6 GBs are becoming increasingly common in new personal computers--and fast
performance. Hard  disk drives  are  the primary  data  storage device  on  most
personal  computers.  Floppy  disk  drives, which  are  also  based  on magnetic
technology, store data on thin plastic disks that are removable from the  drive.
Floppy disk drives are typically used for software distribution and transporting
and  sharing data. Most floppy  disk drives in use  today utilize 1.44-MB disks,
which is not sufficient capacity  to store many files  and programs on a  single
disk.

    In  addition to hard disk  drives and floppy disk  drives, a number of other
data storage  devices have  come into  use  in recent  years. In  particular,  a
growing number of new personal computers incorporate a CD-ROM (compact disk-read
only  memory) drive.  CD-ROM disks,  which are  read by  the CD-ROM  drive using
optical technology,  are capable  of  storing up  to 650  MBs  of data  and  are
well-suited  for distribution of information and software applications. However,
CD-ROM drives are not capable of recording  the user's data. A variety of  other
lesser-known  removable storage  technologies which  are capable  of reading and
recording data are  also available  for use with  personal computers,  including
disk    drives    systems    using   removable    "hard"    magnetic   cartridge

                                       24
<PAGE>
disks, which generally either employ similar  technology to hard disk drives  or
the  Company's proprietary  Bernoulli technology; writable  optical disk drives,
which use various technologies to read and record data in a digital format  that
can  be read  by laser  light; "floptical"  disk drives,  which store  data on a
magnetic disk similar to a conventional  floppy disk and use an optical  pattern
for servotracking; and flash memory cards, which store data on computer chips.

   
    The  Company estimates,  based on information  from 1995 reports  of IDC and
Dataquest and its knowledge of the industry, that approximately 210 million data
storage devices for personal  computers, representing approximately $30  billion
in  revenue at the OEM level, were sold in 1995. Included in these sales figures
are hard disk drives, floppy disk  drives, CD-ROM drives, removable disk  drives
and  tape drives. This market is principally comprised of conventional hard disk
drives, which  the Company  estimates represented  over 40%  of unit  sales  and
approximately  two-thirds of  dollar sales,  and floppy  disk drives,  which the
Company estimates represented approximately 40% of unit sales but less than  10%
of dollar sales.
    

THE NEED FOR NEW DATA STORAGE SOLUTIONS

   
    In  recent years, advances in software, including memory-intensive graphical
operating  systems,  integrated  suites  of  word  processing,  spreadsheet  and
database  applications, and multimedia applications, have dramatically increased
the storage needs of personal computer users. For example, a popular CD  version
of  Windows  95 (which  includes certain  pre-packaged software  applications in
addition to the Windows 95 operating system) includes 629 MBs of data, which  is
greater  than the capacity of most hard  drives in use today. In addition, data-
intensive, multimedia files  are increasingly being  made available to  personal
computer  users via on-line  services and the  Internet. For example, CD-quality
sound generally  requires 2  MBs  of storage  capacity  per minute,  using  data
compression  software,  and  9 MBs  per  minute without  compression;  and MPEG1
compressed DSS-satellite quality video generally requires approximately 8 MBs of
storage capacity per minute, while broadcast-quality video requires 250 MBs  per
minute. Largely as a result of these trends, it has been estimated that the data
storage  needs of personal computer users  are doubling every year. Accordingly,
personal computer  users  increasingly  need  to  expand  the  amount  of  their
available primary storage.
    

    Personal  computer users  demand data  storage solutions  that do  more than
simply provide additional storage capacity. For example, personal computer users
are increasingly  seeking  a  reliable  way to  transport  large  files  between
computers,  thus  allowing  them  to  work on  the  same  files  using different
computers, and also enabling information to be provided to other computer users.
In addition, with  many personal computers  (particularly home computers)  being
used  by more than one  person, many personal computer  users are looking for an
effective means of organizing  and segregating the files  of different users  of
the  same  computer. Personal  computer  users also  need  a reliable  method of
securing sensitive files from unauthorized viewing or modification. Finally, the
increase in the data being used and stored on personal computers has  heightened
the need for a practical method of backing up this data.

    The  Company believes that neither conventional  hard disk drives nor floppy
disk drives are capable of adequately addressing all of the information  storage
and  management  needs of  personal  computer users.  A  hard disk  drive  is an
effective product for primary  data storage. However,  using an additional  hard
disk drive to provide additional storage capacity is an unattractive solution to
many  personal computer  users because the  installation of  the additional hard
drive (which generally involves selecting a compatible hard disk drive,  opening
the  computer  case,  and  internally  connecting the  hard  disk  drive  to the
appropriate controller card) may be difficult. More importantly, once the  drive
is installed, the amount of additional available space is limited to the size of
the  new hard  disk drive. Furthermore,  a new  hard drive does  not address the
issues of data transportability, management and security.

    Removable-media storage devices, such as  floppy disk drives, offer many  of
the  advantages  that hard  disk  drives do  not,  such as  future expandability
through the purchase of additional removable-media cartridges or disks; and data
transportability, management and security, since the media storing the data  can
be  removed  from the  drive, used  in other  computers and  stored in  a secure
location. However, the Company believes that expanding storage capacity  through
conventional floppy disks, while inexpensive (floppy disks are generally sold by
retailers  at  less than  $1.00 per  disk  in multi-packs),  is not  an adequate
solution because it is too slow and because each disk only stores up to 1.44 MBs
of  data,  making  it   too  small  for  many   of  today's  personal   computer

                                       25
<PAGE>
files  and programs. Floppy disks are  also not well-suited for backup purposes,
since approximately 70 floppy disks would be  required for each 100 MBs of  data
to  be  backed up  and  the user  would  have to  be  present during  the backup
procedure in order to insert and remove each floppy disk.

    Other types of removable-media  data storage devices  are now available  for
use  with personal computers, including  magnetic cartridge disk drives, optical
disk drives,  "floptical" disk  drives and  flash memory  cards. However,  these
devices,  while popular  in certain  niche markets,  have not  gained widespread
market acceptance, in part because the Company believes that they have not  been
able  to  match the  price/performance levels  offered by  hard disk  drives and
floppy disk drives.

    The following  table sets  forth  certain of  the principal  advantages  and
disadvantages  of various storage technologies  currently available for users of
personal computers:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TECHNOLOGY               ADVANTAGES                                      DISADVANTAGES
- ---------------------  ----------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                                             <C>
Hard Disk Drives       - Very fast average access time                 - Fixed capacity
                       (generally 8 to 20 msec) and data               - Disks storing data are not removable
                       transfer rate (generally 2 to 6                 or transportable
                       MB/sec)                                         - Less attractive aftermarket solution
                       - Large storage capacity (generally             due to difficulty of installation
                       from 800MB to 4 GB)
                       - Inexpensive cost per MB of storage
                       - Proven technology/industry standard

Floppy Disk Drives     - Inexpensive drives and media                  - Capacity is limited to 1.44 MB
                       - Disks are removable and                       per disk
                       transportable                                   - Slow average access time (165 msec)
                       - Proven technology/industry standard           and data transfer rate

CD-ROM Drives          - High capacity (650 MB)                        - Read-only; users cannot store data
                       - Unlimited expansion                           - Very slow average access time
                       - Disks are removable and                       (230 msec)
                       transportable
                       - Inexpensive drives and media
                       - High durability
                       - Emerging industry standard for
                       multimedia applications

Optical Drives         - Media is inexpensive                          - Drives are expensive
                       - Unlimited expansion                           - Several different formats exist, not
                       - Disks are removable and                       all of which are compatible
                       transportable                                   - Some formats are not erasable
                       - Some formats are capable of reading           - Average access times for
                       CD-ROM disks                                    some formats are significantly
                                                                       slower than hard disk drives

Floptical Drives       - Capable of reading and writing to             - Currently available in maximum
                       traditional floppy disks                        capacity of 21 MBs (although a 120MB
                       - Unlimited expansion                           Floptical has been announced)
                       - Disks are removable and
                       transportable

Tape Drives            - High capacity for backup purposes             - Not capable of random access
                       - Tapes are removable and                       - Very slow average access time
                       transportable
                       - Inexpensive media
                       - Very low cost per MB of storage

Flash Cards            - Fastest access time and data transfer         - Very expensive
                       rate
                       - Removable and transportable
</TABLE>
    

                                       26
<PAGE>
    The  Company believes, based  on its consumer research,  that the market for
personal computer data storage solutions can be roughly divided into two  market
segments,  based on the characteristics computer  users demand of a data storage
solution  and  the  relative  importance  they  place  on  the  advantages   and
disadvantages  listed above. The first, referred to  by the Company as the "mass
market", is characterized by  computer users who are  often uninterested in  the
detailed technical specifications of a data storage solution and who simply want
a  data storage solution to  "manage their stuff." For  these computer users, an
affordable price is generally the most important criterion. The second, referred
to by  the  Company  as  the  "power  user"  or  "high-performance  market,"  is
characterized  by  persons  who  use  their  personal  computers  for  demanding
applications  and  who   are  more   focused  on  capacity,   speed  and   other
state-of-the-art performance features than on price.

IOMEGA SOLUTIONS

   
    The Company believes its recently introduced Zip and Jaz disk drives address
key  information storage and management needs of today's personal computer users
by providing affordable,  easy-to-use storage  solutions that  combine the  high
capacity  and  rapid access  of  hard disk  drives  with the  benefits  of media
removability generally  associated with  floppy disk  drives. Specifically,  the
Company's products offer the following benefits to personal computer users.
    

    EXPANDABLE  STORAGE CAPACITY.   As personal computer  users are increasingly
forced to expand their primary storage capacity (generally provided by the  hard
disk  drive  incorporated in  the computer),  Zip  and Jaz  provide an  easy and
efficient way to do so. Both the Zip  and the Jaz drive can be easily  connected
or  installed and offer unlimited additional  storage capacity, in increments of
100 MBs (in the case of Zip) and 1 GB (in the case of Jaz).

    MEDIA REMOVABILITY.  Both Zip and Jaz store data on high-capacity  removable
disks, thus enabling computer users to:

       -take  programs and files from an office computer and work with them on a
        home or laptop computer;

       -share programs and files with other personal computer users;

       -organize data by storing different files on different disks;

       -create a "separate personal computer" for each person using the computer
        (such as different family  members)--each user can store  all of his  or
        her  software and  data on a  single disk  that can be  removed from the
        computer and  privately  stored  when  that  person  is  not  using  the
        computer; and

       -remove  particularly sensitive or valuable information from the computer
        for storage in a different location, thus protecting it against  viewing
        or  modification by another  user of the computer  and against damage to
        the computer.

    DATA BACKUP.  The Company's family of Ditto tape drives, as well as the  Zip
and  the Jaz drive, offer  a convenient and effective  way for personal computer
users to create backup copies of their programs and files.

   
    ATTRACTIVE PRICE, PERFORMANCE AND FEATURES.   The Company believes that  its
Zip and Jaz drives provide a combination of price, performance and features that
makes  them  attractive data  storage solutions  for  their target  markets. Zip
offers data access times  and transfer rates and  storage capacity that  greatly
exceeds that offered by conventional floppy disk drives, along with the benefits
of  removable media, at a price that is attractive to mass-market customers. Jaz
offers many performance features comparable to those of most other data  storage
devices  (including conventional hard disk drives),  at a lower price than other
currently available comparably performing removable-media storage devices.
    

COMPANY STRATEGY

    Iomega's objective  is to  establish  its Zip,  Jaz  and Ditto  products  as
industry-standard  data  storage solutions  for personal  computer users  and to
capture an  increasing  share of  the  overall personal  computer  data  storage
market.  The Company's strategy to achieve this objective includes the following
key elements:

    UNDERSTANDING AND PROVIDING WHAT CUSTOMERS WANT.  Iomega's product  strategy
is based on identifying the product characteristics that personal computer users
desire and developing and marketing products that

                                       27
<PAGE>
satisfy these demands. In developing and introducing the Zip and Jaz drives, the
Company  undertook a consumer research program  to determine the performance and
price characteristics of storage solutions demanded by personal computer  users.
For  example, this program revealed to Iomega  the need for both the mass-market
Zip drive, which was  cost-engineered by the  Company to sell  at a price  level
attractive  to casual  users and  the small  office/home office  market, and the
high-performance Jaz drive, which is primarily targeted at power users.

   
    DELIVERING INTEGRATED SOLUTIONS.   The  Company's products  are designed  to
provide  customers with a  complete, easy-to-use solution  to their data storage
needs. The Company's  drives are shipped  with everything needed  to install  or
connect  the  drive, including  easy-to-use software  which  aids in  set-up and
enhances the drive's functionality, and generally also include a media cartridge
for use in the drive.
    

   
    BROADENING DISTRIBUTION THROUGH STRATEGIC MARKETING ALLIANCES.  The  Company
believes  that  broadening the  distribution of  its products  through strategic
alliances with a variety of companies within the computer industry is a critical
element in  establishing its  products as  industry standards.  The Company  has
recently  established OEM arrangements with personal computer manufacturers such
as Micron Electronics (a mail-order  manufacturer of IBM PC-compatible  personal
computers)  and Power Computing (the first Macintosh clone manufacturer) for the
incorporation of Zip, Jaz or Ditto  drives into their computers, and is  seeking
to  establish additional  OEM relationships. The  Company also  has entered into
private or co-branding  arrangements with several  companies, including  Maxell,
Seiko  Epson,  Fuji and  Reveal Computer  Products, who  are selling  private or
co-branded versions of Zip drives and disks. In addition, the Company's products
are sold by most  of the leading  retailers of computer  products in the  United
States,  including Best Buy,  Circuit City, CompUSA,  Computer City, Electronics
Boutique and PC Warehouse.
    

    MAXIMIZING SALES OF REMOVABLE DISKS.  The Company seeks to maximize sales of
its proprietary disks  because they generate  significantly higher margins  than
its  disk drives. The Company plans to accomplish this in part by increasing the
installed base  of  the  Company's removable-media  disk  drives,  through  such
initiatives  as OEM arrangements, licensing  third-party manufacturers of drives
on a royalty-bearing  basis and increasing  the Company's own  output of  drives
both  for sale by the Company and by others under private branding arrangements.
Also, the multimedia demonstration software included with the Zip and Jaz drives
informs users  of  the  various  applications  for  additional  disks  (such  as
security,  personal workspaces,  backup) and  suggests the  number of additional
disks the user may need in response to questions the user answers as part of the
interactive demonstration.

    CONTINUING TO ENHANCE PRODUCT FEATURES AND TECHNOLOGY.  The Company plans to
use its experience in Bernoulli, tape, magneto-optical, floptical and  thin-film
head  technologies  for the  ongoing enhancement  of  existing products  and the
development of  new  products.  During  1994 and  1995,  the  Company's  product
development efforts were primarily devoted to the development of its Zip and Jaz
products,  which  began commercial  shipment in  March  1995 and  December 1995,
respectively. During 1996, the Company expects that its development efforts will
be primarily  focused  on enhancing  the  features, developing  higher  capacity
versions and reducing the production costs of its Zip, Jaz and Ditto products.

    LEVERAGING  MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES  THROUGH PARTNERING.   In addition to
manufacturing or assembling a portion of  each of the Company's products at  its
Roy,   Utah  manufacturing  facility,  the  Company  has  established  strategic
relationships  with  various  suppliers   and  manufacturers  to  increase   the
production  capacity of  its new  products and to  establish a  second source of
drive and disk production.  The Company intends to  continue to use  third-party
manufacturing  as a means of increasing  the availability and market penetration
of the Company's drive products, to  reduce costs of production, and to  benefit
from  the  expertise  of experienced  high-volume  manufacturing  companies. The
Company plans to  use third-party  manufacturers to  produce a  majority of  its
products in the future.

    EXPANDING  INTERNATIONAL SALES.  The Company began offering its Zip products
in Europe  in August  1995  and expects  to offer  its  Jaz products  in  Europe
beginning in the first half of 1996. The Company believes that it is the leading
vendor  of tape  drives in Europe,  and that its  existing European distribution
channel is  well-suited  to  selling  the  Zip  and  Jaz  removable-media  drive
products.   During   the   third   quarter   of   1995,   Maxell,   Seiko  Epson

                                       28
<PAGE>
and Fuji began selling co-branded  versions of the Zip  drive in Japan, and  the
Company  plans to  expand its presence  in the  Far East by  opening a Singapore
sales office in 1996. The Company  expects international sales to increase as  a
result of its introduction of Zip and Jaz into international markets.

PRODUCTS

    The  Company  offers  products targeted  at  both  the mass  market  and the
high-performance market. The Zip drive and the Ditto 420 and Ditto Easy 800 tape
drives were designed to  achieve price levels which  the Company determined  are
critical  to mass-market consumers. The Jaz drive  and Ditto 3200 tape drive, on
the other hand, are principally targeted to more technically demanding, high-end
customers, who  the  Company believes  are  less price  sensitive  than  typical
mass-market consumers.

    The following table lists the principal data storage devices currently being
offered by the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  TYPICAL RETAIL
PRODUCT (YEAR                                         PRICE
INTRODUCED)*               MEDIA AND CAPACITY      DRIVE/DISK**                 TECHNOLOGY
- ------------------------  --------------------  ------------------  ----------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Zip (1995)                100-MB Zip Disks      $199/$14.99         Drive: Winchester heads
                                                                    Disks: Advanced flexible media
Jaz (1995)                1-GB Jaz Disks        $599/$99.99         Drive: Thin-film heads
                          540-MB Jaz Disks                          Disks: Two rigid disk platters
Ditto 420 (1994)          Ditto Tape            $99                 Drive: Direct drive mechanism
Ditto Easy 800 (1995)     minicartridges        $149                Media: Industry standard quarter
Ditto 3200 (1995)         (420-MB, 800-MB,      $399                inch cartridges
                          3200-MB)
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
*   Drives  are  available  in  internal and  external  versions.  The indicated
    capacities for  Ditto  drives  represent the  maximum  capacity  using  data
    compression.
**  Indicates  the typical price at which the  external version of the drive and
    the highest capacity media for that drive is sold at retail. Prices for  the
    internal  version of  a drive and  for smaller capacity  media are generally
    lower. The  price for  the Ditto  420 is  the internal  version price.  Disk
    prices  represent per unit  purchase price in  multi-packs. Media prices for
    tape are not presented  because revenues from  tape minicartridge sales  are
    not material to the Company.

  ZIP

    The Company began shipping external Zip drives and 100-MB Zip disks in March
1995.  Designed as  an affordable mass-market  product, the  Zip drive addresses
multiple  needs  of  personal  computer   users:  hard  drive  expansion,   data
transportability,  management  and  security  and data  backup.  The  drive uses
interchangeable 100-MB Zip disks  to provide users  of IBM-compatible and  Apple
Macintosh  personal  computers  with  70 times  the  capacity  of,  and superior
performance to, traditional floppy disks.  Zip drives were designed with  100-MB
disks  based on the results of the  Company's market research, which showed that
85% of the files stored on personal computers are 100 MBs or less.

   
    Zip drives use  durable, high-capacity flexible  media and  Winchester-style
nanoslide  heads with a special airbearing  surface combined with a linear voice
coil motor. The Zip  drive provides high  capacity and rapid  access and can  be
used  for a number of data storage purposes.  The SCSI version of the Zip drive,
which offers faster  performance than the  parallel port version  of the  drive,
features 29 millisecond average seek time and an average sustained data transfer
rate  of 1.00  MB per second.  Software included  with the Zip  drive provides a
total data storage solution  by helping users organize  and copy their data  and
offers  software read/write protect,  which further enables  users to secure and
protect their data.
    

    The external, portable  version of  the Zip drive  weighs approximately  one
pound  and is offered in a parallel  port version for use with IBM PC-compatible
computers and  a SCSI  version for  use with  Apple Macintosh  computers or  IBM
PC-compatible  computers  which have  a SCSI  adapter  board. The  parallel port
version features printer pass through to allow normal operation of a printer  in
the  same port. The SCSI version has  two connectors allowing it to be connected
with  other  SCSI  devices.  The  external  Zip  drive  has  a  unique   compact

                                       29
<PAGE>
design,  including a royal blue color, a window allowing visibility of the label
on the cartridge being used,  rubber feet for positioning  the drive flat or  on
its  side, operation lights and  a finger slot for  easy cartridge insertion and
removal.

    In September 1995, Power Computing, the first Macintosh clone  manufacturer,
began  offering internal  5 1/4-inch  Zip SCSI  drives as  a $159  option on its
computers. The Company has  also designed an internal  version of the Zip  drive
which incorporates a conventional 3 1/2-inch floppy disk drive. In addition, the
Company has developed an internal 3 1/2-inch IDE version of the Zip drive, which
it expects will be available in the first quarter of 1996.

    During  1995,  Zip received  numerous awards  from industry  publications in
select categories  including: PC/  COMPUTING'S  Most Valuable  Product;  PUBLISH
magazine's  1995 Publish Impact Award; CADENCE magazine's Editor's Choice Award;
the International Digital Imaging Association's "Best New Hardware" award;  and,
listing in COMPUTER LIFE magazine's "Best of Everything" list.

    The  Zip drive  carries a one-year  warranty and  Zip disks are  sold with a
limited lifetime warranty.

  JAZ

    The Company  began  shipping  Jaz  drives and  1-GB  Jaz  disks  in  limited
quantities  in  December  1995.  Jaz  addresses  the  high-performance  needs of
personal computer users  in three areas:  multimedia applications (audio,  video
and  graphics), personal data management, and  hard drive upgrade. The Jaz drive
offers data transfer rates comparable to those of most current hard disk drives,
with an average sustained  transfer rate of 5.4  MBs per second, 12  millisecond
average  seek  time and  17.5  millisecond average  access  time. Jaz  disks are
currently available in a capacity of  1 GB, which the Company's market  research
indicated  was a capacity that many  high-performance computer users demand, and
540-MB Jaz disks  are expected to  be available  in the first  quarter of  1996.
Using 1-GB disks, Jaz is capable of storing and playing up to two hours of MPEG1
compressed  DSS satellite quality video, up  to eight hours of CD-quality audio,
more than 20,000 scanned documents for document imaging or up to four minutes of
full-screen, full-motion broadcast-quality video. The Jaz drive is available  in
an  external  SCSI  version, which  is  expected  to be  sold  by  retailers for
approximately $599, and  in an internal  SCSI version, which  is expected to  be
sold  by retailers for approximately $499. Each 1-GB and 540-MB Jaz cartridge is
expected to sell for approximately $99 and $69, respectively, in five-packs. The
Company expects  an  internal IDE  version  of the  Jaz  drive to  be  available
beginning in the first quarter of 1996.

    The  Jaz drive incorporates many innovative technological features including
tri-pad, thin-film  recording heads,  dynamic  head loading  and drag  and  drop
motorized  cartridge ejection. Jaz disks feature  a dual rigid platter cartridge
and a proprietary disk capture system which secures the dual disk platters  when
not  installed in  a drive, eliminating  rattle and reducing  the possibility of
losing valuable information. The drive  operates with leading operating  systems
for  personal  computers and  workstations,  including Windows  95,  Windows NT,
Windows 3.x, Macintosh and OS/2.

    The external version of  the drive, which  weighs approximately two  pounds,
features  design enhancements similar to those  introduced with the external Zip
drive, including a unique jade colored  casing, a window to allow visibility  of
the  label on the cartridge  being used, operating lights  and a finger slot for
easy  cartridge   insertion  and   removal.  Additional   features  include   an
auto-switching   power  supply  to  allow   operation  in  different  countries,
auto-sensing SCSI termination and anti-gyro disk locking to increase durability.

   
    The Jaz drive  carries a one-year  warranty and  Jaz disks are  sold with  a
limited lifetime warranty.
    

  DITTO

    The  Company's Ditto  family of tape  drives addresses the  need of personal
computer users for an  easy-to-use, dependable backup  solution. In response  to
the  information learned  from consumers regarding  the characteristics demanded
from backup storage devices, beginning in 1994 the Company redesigned its family
of tape drives,  which had  first been introduced  in 1992.  The Company  offers
internal  and external  models based  on leading  industry standards  ranging in
capacity from 420 MBs to 3.2 GBs  (using data compression). The tape drives  are
primarily  designed to backup  and protect against  loss of data  stored on hard
disk drives in IBM PC-compatible computers. Iomega's tape drives have a patented
beltless design which the Company believes

                                       30
<PAGE>
enhances reliability. The storage  media used by Iomega's  tape products is  the
industry-standard  QIC-compatible minicartridge. In addition, the Ditto Easy 800
and Ditto  3200  support  new high-capacity  Travan  cartridge  technology.  The
Company  believes that,  during the  first nine months  of 1995,  Iomega was the
third largest seller of tape drives in the United States and the largest  seller
of tape drives in Europe.

    The  Ditto family  of tape drives  has achieved several  industry firsts. In
April 1992,  the  Iomega Tape  250  (later renamed  the  Ditto 250)  became  the
industry's  first commercially available QIC-standard,  one-inch high tape drive
and in March 1995 became the industry's first internal 250-MB tape drive to sell
for under $100. In June 1995, the Ditto 420 became the industry's first internal
420-MB tape  drive  to  sell  for  under $100.  In  October  1995,  the  Company
introduced  the Ditto  Easy 800, which  the Company believes  was the industry's
first external parallel port 800-MB tape drive to sell for under $150. The Ditto
Easy 800 features an enhanced design similar to, and is stackable with, the  Zip
and Jaz drives.

    The  Company's tape products  are generally available  in either internal or
external models.  The internal  versions  attach to  the standard  floppy  drive
interface  in IBM PC-compatible computers, while the external versions attach to
the parallel printer port on IBM PC-compatible computers and offer  pass-through
capability  for a printer. The drives are  shipped with backup software for both
DOS and Windows.

    In connection with the introduction of  the Ditto Easy 800 in October  1995,
the Company also introduced new 1-Step software designed to permit the backup of
an entire hard disk in a single step while the user continues working.

    The  Ditto Easy  800 and the  Ditto 3200  carry a two-year  warranty and the
Ditto 420 carries  a five-year  warranty. Ditto media  is sold  with a  two-year
warranty.

  BERNOULLI

    These  5  1/4-inch half-height  drives  are removable-media  storage devices
based on the Company's proprietary Bernoulli technology. The Company's Bernoulli
drives and the associated disks are sold both in the form of a complete  storage
subsystem  for leading  personal computers and  workstations and in  the form of
components for integration into larger systems by OEMs or value-added  resellers
("VARs").  The Bernoulli MultiDisk-TM- 150 drive  began shipping in October 1992
and was Iomega's first drive  to use multiple capacity disks  - 35, 65, 105  and
150  MBs. The Company began shipping the  Bernoulli 230 drive in September 1994.
The Bernoulli drives are sold in internal and transportable versions.

    The Company is  now focusing its  development and marketing  efforts on  its
Zip, Jaz and Ditto products, and does not expect Bernoulli products to represent
a significant portion of the Company's revenues in the future.

MARKETING AND SALES

    The  Company  believes  that  broadening the  distribution  of  its products
through strategic marketing alliances with a variety of key companies within the
computer industry is a critical element in establishing its products as industry
standards. The Company's initial marketing strategy for the introduction of  its
new  products during 1995 was  to generate consumer awareness  of and demand for
such products by  focusing on aftermarket  sales to existing  users of  personal
computers  through leading  computer retail  channels. As  the next  step in its
strategy of promoting  its products as  new industry standards,  the Company  is
increasingly focusing its efforts on establishing OEM relationships with leading
personal  computer manufacturers  who will include  the Company's  products on a
factory-installed basis to purchasers of new personal computers.

  RETAIL DISTRIBUTION

    Retail outlets  for  the Company's  products  include mail  order  catalogs,
computer   superstores,   office   supply   superstores,   consumer  electronics
superstores and specialty  computer stores.  The Company sells  its products  to

                                       31
<PAGE>
retail  channels  directly,  as  well as  indirectly  through  distributors. The
Company's products are sold at a retail  level by most of the leading  retailers
of computer products in the United States. The following is a partial listing of
the retail chains carrying the Company's products.

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
Best Buy                         Electronics Boutique
CDW Computer Center              Elek-Tek
Circuit City                     Fry's Electronics
CompUSA                          MicroCenter
Computer City                    NeoStar
Creative Computer                OfficeMax
Egghead Software                 PC Warehouse
</TABLE>

  STRATEGIC MARKETING ALLIANCES

    In  addition to sales through these retail channels, the Company has entered
into a  number of  strategic marketing  alliances with  a variety  of  companies
within the computer industry. These alliances include OEM arrangements providing
for certain of the Company's products to be incorporated in new computer systems
at the time of purchase. For example, Power Computing, the first Macintosh clone
manufacturer,  is  offering  Zip drives  as  an  option in  certain  of  its new
computers,  and   Micron  Electronics,   a   mail-order  manufacturer   of   IBM
PC-compatible  personal computers, has  announced plans to  offer Zip, Ditto and
Jaz drives as a factory-installable option in certain of its new computers.  The
Company's  strategic  alliances  also include  private-branding  and co-branding
arrangements with major vendors of computer products covering the resale of  the
Company's  products by such companies. For example, the Company has entered into
co-branding arrangements  with Seiko  Epson, Maxell  and Fuji,  which offer  Zip
drives  in Japan  in packages  which feature  Iomega's name  in addition  to the
partner's name, and has entered into a private-branding arrangement with  Reveal
Computer Products, which sells Zip drives and disks under Reveal's tradename.

  INTERNATIONAL

    The  Company sells its  products outside of  North America primarily through
international distributors. The Company has  increased its sales efforts in  the
European  market in  the past  several years.  Sales are  accomplished primarily
through offices located  in Germany, Austria,  Belgium, France, Ireland,  Italy,
Norway,  Spain and  the United  Kingdom. The Company  plans to  open a Singapore
office in  1996.  The  Company  has  been  invoicing  predominantly  in  foreign
currencies since January 1992.

  MARKETING

    The  Company's marketing group is  responsible for positioning and promoting
the Company's products. The Company participates in various industry tradeshows,
including MacWorld and COMDEX, and seeks to generate coverage of its products in
a wide variety  of trade publications.  Although the Company  did not engage  in
significant  direct consumer marketing in  1995 in light of  the large number of
favorable articles about the Company's products which appeared in newspapers and
computer magazines and constraints on the Company's ability to further  increase
production  levels, the  Company expects  marketing and  advertising expenses to
increase significantly as the  Company seeks to expand  market awareness of  its
products.

   
    As  is common practice in the  industry, the Company's arrangements with its
customers generally allow customers,  in the event of  a price decrease,  credit
equal  to the difference between the price originally paid and the new decreased
price on units in the customers' inventories on the date of the price  decrease.
When  a  price decrease  is anticipated,  the  Company establishes  reserves for
amounts estimated  to  be  reimbursed  to  qualifying  customers.  In  addition,
customers  generally have the right to  return excess inventory within specified
time periods. There can be no  assurance that these reserves will be  sufficient
or  that any future returns or price protection charges will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
    

   
    The  Company  markets  its  products  primarily  through  computer   product
distributors  and retailers. Accordingly, since the Company grants credit to its
customers, a substantial portion of outstanding accounts receivable are due from
computer product distributors and certain large retailers. At December 31, 1995,
the customers  with the  ten highest  outstanding accounts  receivable  balances
totaled $47.1 million or 43% of gross accounts
    

                                       32
<PAGE>
   
receivable,  with one  customer accounting  for $15.2  million, or  14% of gross
accounts receivable.  If any  one  or a  group  of these  customers'  receivable
balances should be deemed uncollectible, it would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.
    

   
    During  the year ended December  31, 1994, sales to  Ingram Micro D, Inc., a
distributor, accounted for 11% of sales. No other single customer accounted  for
more than 10% of the Company's sales in 1994 or 1995.
    

   
    See  "Risk Factors--Certain Marketing  and Sales Risks"  for a discussion of
certain risks relating to the marketing and sales of the Company's products.
    

MANUFACTURING

   
    The  Company's  products  are  manufactured  both  by  the  Company  at  its
facilities  in Roy, Utah  and by independent  parties manufacturing products for
the Company on a  contract basis. Manufacturing  activity generally consists  of
assembling   various   components,   subcomponents   and   prefabricated   parts
manufactured by  the  Company or  outside  vendors. The  Company  currently  has
third-party manufacturing relationships with Seiko Epson (Zip drives), MegaMedia
Computer  (Zip disks), Sequel (Jaz drives) and First Engineering Plastics (Ditto
drives). Although the Company substantially increased its manufacturing capacity
(through   both   internal   expansion   and   arrangements   with   third-party
manufacturers)  during  1995, the  Company was  not able  to produce  enough Zip
drives and  Zip disks  in 1995  to  fill all  orders for  such products  due  to
component  supply  constraints  and  normal  manufacturing  start-up  issues. To
minimize its manufacturing  costs, to  take maximum advantage  of its  available
personnel  and  facilities  and to  benefit  from the  expertise  of experienced
high-volume manufacturing  companies,  the  Company  plans  to  use  third-party
manufacturers  to produce a majority of its products in the future. There can be
no assurance that the  Company will be successful  in establishing and  managing
such  third-party manufacturing relationships, or that third-party manufacturers
will be  able  to  meet  the Company's  quantity  or  quality  requirements  for
manufactured   products.  Moreover,  the  Company   may  grant  certain  of  its
third-party manufacturers, among others, the right to sell a portion of the  Zip
and  Jaz drives they produce for their  own account, thereby reducing the supply
of  such  drives  to   the  Company  and   increasing  competition.  See   "Risk
Factors--Reliance on Non-Binding Contract Manufacturing Relationships."
    

   
    Many  components  incorporated  in,  or  used  in  the  manufacture  of, the
Company's products  are currently  only available  from sole  source  suppliers.
Moreover,  the  Company has  experienced difficulty  in  the past,  is currently
experiencing difficulty, and expects to continue to experience difficulty in the
future, in obtaining a  sufficient supply of many  key components. For  example,
many  of the integrated  circuits used in  the Company's Zip  and Jaz drives are
currently available only from sole source suppliers. The Company has been unable
to obtain a  sufficient supply of  certain of these  integrated circuits due  to
industry-wide  shortages. In addition,  the Company has  been advised by certain
sole source  suppliers,  including  the  manufacturers  of  critical  integrated
circuits,  that they do not anticipate being able to fully satisfy the Company's
demand for components during  1996. These component  shortages have limited  the
Company's  ability to  produce sufficient Zip  drives to meet  market demand and
have limited  the Company's  ability  to implement  certain cost  reduction  and
productivity  improvement plans,  and the Company  expects that  the shortage of
components may limit  production of  Zip and  Jaz products  for the  foreseeable
future.  The  Company also  experienced difficulty  during  1995 in  obtaining a
sufficient supply of the servowriting equipment  used in the manufacture of  Zip
disks.  Such equipment shortages in 1995 limited the Company's production of Zip
disks, and there can be no  assurance that similar equipment shortages will  not
occur in the future.
    

   
    The  Company purchases  all of  its sole  and limited  source components and
equipment pursuant  to purchase  orders placed  from  time to  time and  has  no
guaranteed  supply arrangements.  The inability to  obtain sufficient components
and equipment,  or  to  obtain  or develop  alternative  sources  of  supply  at
competitive  prices and quality or to  avoid manufacturing delays, could prevent
the Company  from producing  sufficient quantities  of its  products to  satisfy
market  demand, result  in delays in  product shipments,  increase the Company's
material or manufacturing costs or cause an imbalance in the inventory level  of
certain  components. Moreover,  difficulties in  obtaining sufficient components
may cause the Company to modify the design of its products to use a more readily
available component,  and  such  design  modifications  may  result  in  product
performance  problems. Any or all of these  problems could in turn result in the
loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing
    

                                       33
<PAGE>
   
products to  achieve  market  acceptance  and  otherwise  adversely  affect  the
Company's  business  and  financial  results.  See  "Risk  Factors--Shortages of
Critical Components; Absence of Supply Contracts; Dependence on Suppliers."
    

   
    The Company had  a backlog  as of December  31, 1995  of approximately  $165
million.  However, the purchase agreements or  purchase orders pursuant to which
orders are made generally allow the  customer to cancel orders without  penalty.
Moreover,  it is common in the industry  during periods of product shortages for
customers to engage in practices such  as double ordering, in order to  increase
the  customers allowance of available product. In addition, the Company's actual
shipments may be limited by its production capacity and component  availability.
Accordingly,  the  Company's backlog  as of  any particular  date should  not be
relied upon  as an  indication of  the  Company's actual  sales for  any  future
period.
    

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

    An  important  element of  the Company's  business  strategy is  the ongoing
enhancement of existing  products and  the development of  new products.  During
1994  and 1995, the Company's product development efforts were primarily devoted
to the development of its Zip and Jaz products, which began commercial  shipment
in  March 1995 and December 1995,  respectively. During 1996 the Company expects
that its  development  efforts  will  be  primarily  focused  on  enhancing  the
features,  developing higher capacity versions and reducing the production costs
of its existing Zip, Jaz and  Ditto products. In particular, there are  projects
underway  to  develop  higher  capacity  removable-media  disk  drives  and tape
products,  to   develop   different   system  interfaces   for   the   Company's
removable-media  disk drive products, such as  IDE interface versions of Zip and
Jaz, and  to  develop smaller  subsystem  versions of  the  Company's  products,
including a version of Zip which could be installed in laptop computers.

   
    During  1993, 1994 and 1995, the Company's research and development expenses
were $18,972,000, $15,438,000 and $19,576,000, respectively (or 12.9%, 10.9% and
6.0%, respectively, of sales). The decline in research and development  spending
from  1993  to 1994  was the  result  of the  Company's decision  to discontinue
certain research  and development  projects  relating to  floptical  technology,
digital  audiotape  technology,  and thin-film  head  development.  Research and
development spending in  1995 was primarily  related to efforts  focused on  the
Company's  Zip, Jaz  and Ditto product  lines. See  "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    

   
    The  Company  operates  in  an  industry  that  is  subject  to  both  rapid
technological change and rapid change in consumer demands. For example, over the
last  10 years the typical  hard disk drive included  in a new personal computer
has increased in capacity from approximately 40 MBs to over 1 GB while the price
of a hard  disk drive  has remained constant  or even  decreased. The  Company's
future  success will  depend in significant  part on its  ability to continually
develop and introduce, in  a timely manner, new  removable disk drives and  tape
products  with  improved  features, and  to  develop and  manufacture  those new
products within a cost structure that enables the Company to sell such  products
at  lower  prices than  those  of comparable  products  today. There  can  be no
assurance that the Company will  be successful in developing, manufacturing  and
marketing  new and  enhanced products that  meet both the  performance and price
demands of the data storage market.
    

COMPETITION

   
    The Company believes  that its Zip  and Jaz products  compete most  directly
with other removable-media data storage devices, such as magnetic cartridge disk
drives,  optical disk drives  and "floptical" disk  drives. Current suppliers of
removable-media data storage  devices include Syquest  Technology (which  offers
magnetic  disk drives with removable cartridges based on hard drive technology),
Panasonic (which offers  the Power Drive,  a removable optical  drive) and  Sony
(which offers the MD-DATA drive, a disk drive based on removable magneto-optical
technology).  Although the Company believes that  its Zip and Jaz products offer
price, performance  or  usability  advantages  over  the  other  removable-media
storage   devices  available  today,  the   Company  believes  that  the  price,
performance and usability of existing removable-media products will improve  and
that  other  companies  will  introduce  new  removable-media  storage  devices.
Accordingly,  the  Company  believes  its   Zip  and  Jaz  products  will   face
increasingly  intense  competition.  In particular,  a  consortium  comprised of
Compaq Computer, 3M  and MKE has  announced the Floptical  120, a  high-capacity
floptical   drive  that  is  compatible   with  conventional  floppy  disks.  If
successfully introduced, Floptical 120 would directly compete
    

                                       34
<PAGE>
with Zip. As new and competing removable-media storage solutions are introduced,
it is possible  that the  first such solution  to achieve  a significant  market
presence  will  emerge as  an industry  standard and  achieve a  dominant market
position. If such  is the case,  there can  be no assurance  that the  Company's
products  would achieve  significant market  acceptance, particularly  given the
Company's size and market position vis-a-vis other competitors.

    To the  extent that  Zip and  Jaz drives  are used  for incremental  primary
storage  capacity, they also  compete with conventional  hard disk drives, which
are  offered  by   companies  such  as   Seagate  Technology,  Western   Digital
Corporation,  Quantum Corporation,  Conner Peripherals (which  has announced its
pending acquisition by  Seagate Technology), Micropolis  Corporation and  Maxtor
Corporation,   as   well   as   integrated   computer   manufacturers   such  as
Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Fujitsu,  Hitachi and  Toshiba. In  addition, the  leading
suppliers  of conventional hard disk drives could at any time determine to enter
the removable-media storage market.

    The Company believes that it is currently the only source of supply for  the
disks  used in its disk  drives. However, this situation  may change either as a
result of another party succeeding in  producing disks that are compatible  with
Zip  and Jaz drives without infringing the Company's proprietary rights, or as a
result of licenses granted by the Company to other parties.

    The Company's tape drives compete in the market for backup data storage with
other QIC and  DC2000-type products  (which includes QIC  and Irwin),  including
parallel   port  interface   products.  DC2000-type   products  currently  offer
capacities up to 4 GBs with compression. The Company's two major competitors  in
the  tape drive  market are  Conner Peripherals  and Colorado  Memory Systems, a
division of Hewlett-Packard. Tape drives  may in the future encounter  increased
competition  from other forms of removable-media storage devices. The tapes used
in the Company's  tape drives are  available from  a number of  sources and  the
Company is not the primary source of supply for these tapes.

    In  the OEM  market for both  its disk  drives and tape  drives, the Company
competes with the vendors mentioned above, as well as with the manufacturers  of
personal   computers,  who  may  elect   to  manufacture  data  storage  devices
themselves.

    The Company intends to license its products or technology to other  computer
manufacturers  on a  royalty-bearing basis in  order to increase  market use and
acceptance of  its  products  and  help  promote  them  as  industry  standards.
Accordingly,  the Company expects to compete in the future with licensees of the
Company's products.

    The Company believes that most consumers distinguish among competitive  data
storage  products on the basis  of some or all  of the following criteria: price
(cost per unit and  cost per megabyte of  storage capacity), performance  (speed
and  capacity), functionality (reliability, product size and removability), ease
of installation and use, and security of data. Price is a particularly important
factor with respect to the Company's mass-market products (the Zip drive and the
Ditto  420  and  Ditto  Easy   800  tape  drives).  An  additional   competitive
consideration,  particularly in the OEM market, is the size (form factor) of the
drive. Winchester drives are available in 5 1/4-inch, 3 1/2-inch, 2 1/2-inch and
1.8-inch form factors.  The most common  form factor for  Winchester and  floppy
drives  is 3 1/2-inches.  The Company currently  offers 3 1/2-inch  Zip, Jaz and
Ditto drives and 5 1/4-inch Bernoulli disk drives.

    The data storage industry  is highly competitive,  and the Company  believes
that  it faced  more direct competition  in 1995  than in any  previous year and
expects that competition will continue to  increase in the future. In  addition,
the  data storage industry is  characterized by rapid technological development.
The Company competes  with a number  of companies that  have greater  financial,
manufacturing  and marketing resources  than the Company.  The introduction by a
competitor of products with superior  performance or substantially lower  prices
would adversely affect the Company's business.

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

    The  Company relies on  a combination of patent,  copyright and trade secret
laws to protect its technology. The Company has filed approximately 40 U.S.  and
foreign  patent  applications relating  to  its Zip  and  Jaz drives  and disks,
although there can  be no assurance  that such patents  will issue. The  Company
holds over 50 U.S. and

                                       35
<PAGE>
   
foreign  patents, three of which relate to  its Ditto products and the remainder
of which relate to its Bernoulli products. Although the Company believes that  a
combination   of  patent  rights  (pursuant  to   a  number  of  pending  patent
applications)  and  copyright  protection  should  prevent  another  party  from
manufacturing and selling disks that work effectively with the Company's Zip and
Jaz  drives (except  pursuant to a  license from  the Company), there  can be no
assurance that the steps taken by the Company to protect such technology will be
successful. If another party  were to succeed in  producing and selling Zip-  or
Jaz-compatible   disks,  the  Company's  sales  would  be  materially  adversely
affected. Moreover, because the Company's  Zip and Jaz disks have  significantly
higher gross margins than the Zip and Jaz drives, the Company's net income would
be  disproportionately affected  by any such  sales shortfall. Due  to the rapid
technological change  that characterizes  the  Company's industry,  the  Company
believes  that the success of its disk  drives will also depend on the technical
competence and creative  skill of its  personnel than on  the legal  protections
afforded its existing drive technology.
    

   
    As  is typical in the  data storage industry, from  time to time the Company
has been, and may in the future  be, notified that it may be infringing  certain
patents  and other intellectual property rights of others. The Company, however,
is not  currently aware  of any  threatened or  pending legal  challenge to  the
technology  which is  incorporated in  its products which  it expects  to have a
material adverse effect on its business or financial results. The Company has in
the past been engaged in several patent infringement lawsuits, both as plaintiff
and defendant. There can be no assurance  that future claims will not result  in
litigation.  If infringement were established, the  Company could be required to
pay damages or  be enjoined from  selling the infringing  product. In  addition,
there can be no assurances that the Company will be able to obtain any necessary
licenses  on satisfactory  terms. See  "Risk Factors--Dependence  on Proprietary
Technology."
    

   
    Certain  technology  used  in  the  Company's  products  is  licensed  on  a
royalty-bearing basis from third parties, including the backup software included
with the Company's Ditto products and certain patent rights relating to Zip. The
Company  is in the process of negotiating a definitive license agreement for the
Ditto backup  software and,  although it  has entered  into a  letter  agreement
regarding  the  Zip patent  rights,  is in  the  process of  negotiating  a more
detailed license agreement  for the Zip  patent rights. The  failure to  execute
definitive  agreements or the termination of any such license arrangements could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and financial results.
    

EMPLOYEES

   
    As of December 31, 1995, the Company employed 1,667 persons (1,645 full-time
and  22  part-time),  including  143  in  research  and  development,  1,209  in
manufacturing,  139 in sales,  marketing and service,  103 in general management
and administration, and 73 in its European operations.
    

    The Company's  business  growth  during  1995  has  resulted  in  additional
personnel  needs  and  an  increased  level  of  responsibility  for  management
personnel and  the  Company  anticipates  hiring a  substantial  number  of  new
employees in the near future. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in hiring, integrating or retaining such personnel.

PROPERTIES

    The  Company currently leases  an aggregate of  approximately 210,000 square
feet of  space in  seven buildings  located in  Roy, Utah,  where its  executive
offices,  manufacturing and  distribution facilities,  and primary  research and
development facilities are  located. The  leases for these  buildings expire  at
various  dates  from 1998  to 2000  and provide  for an  aggregate base  rent of
approximately $1,100,000 for 1996.

    The Company is in the process of seeking an additional 75,000 square feet of
space in the Roy area,  which it estimates will  cost an additional $700,000  in
annual  rent. The Company expects  that such additional space  will be ready for
occupancy by  the end  of 1996.  Pending  the availability  of that  space,  the
Company may rent additional space in the Roy area in 1996 on a temporary basis.

    The  Company leases an 11,000 square  foot facility in San Diego, California
and a 10,000  square foot  facility in San  Jose, California,  each for  certain
research and development activities. The Company may seek to increase its leased
space  in San Jose to approximately 50,000  square feet during 1996. The Company
has also rented a

                                       36
<PAGE>
   
20,000 square  foot  facility in  Freiburg,  Germany  for use  as  its  European
headquarters.  In addition, the Company leases small sales offices, typically on
a short-term basis, at 11 locations in the United States and in Canada, Austria,
Belgium, France, Ireland, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom.
    

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    There are  no  legal proceedings,  other  than ordinary  routine  litigation
incidental  to its business, to which the Company or its subsidiaries is a party
or of which any of their property is the subject.

                                   MANAGEMENT

    The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                        AGE     POSITION
- ---------------------------------------  ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>
Kim B. Edwards (1)                          48      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Leonard C. Purkis                           47      Senior Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and
                                                     Treasurer
Srini Nageshwar                             53      Senior Vice President, Europe
Anton J. Radman, Jr.                        43      Senior Vice President, Strategic Business Development
Leon J. Staciokas                           67      Senior Vice President and Chief Internal Operating Officer
M. Wayne Stewart                            50      Senior Vice President, Operations
Edward D. Briscoe                           33      Vice President, Sales
Timothy L. Hill                             37      Vice President, Marketing
John G. Thompson                            55      Vice President, Outsourcing
Willard C. Kennedy                          49      Vice President, Worldwide Logistics and Materials
Donald R. Sterling                          59      Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Secretary
David J. Dunn (1)(2)                        65      Chairman of the Board of Directors
Willem H.J. Andersen (3)                    54      Director
Robert P. Berkowitz (4)                     60      Director
Anthony L. Craig (1)                        50      Director
Michael J. Kucha (1)(2)(4)                  54      Director
John R. Myers (1)(3)                        58      Director
John E. Nolan, Jr. (4)                      68      Director
The Honorable John E. Sheehan (3)           66      Director
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
(1) Member of the Executive Committee

(2) Member of the Nominating Committee

(3) Member of the Compensation Committee

(4) Member of the Audit Committee.

   
    Kim B. Edwards joined the Company  as President and Chief Executive  Officer
on  January 1, 1994. Mr. Edwards served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of Gates Energy Products Inc., a manufacturer of rechargeable batteries and  the
successor  of General  Electric Battery  Division, from  March 1993  to December
1993. From January 1987  until March 1993, Mr.  Edwards served in various  other
executive positions for Gates Energy Products Inc., including Vice President and
General  Manager of its  Consumer Business Unit and  Vice President of Marketing
and Sales.  Prior to  that Mr.  Edwards was  employed for  18 years  at  General
Electric Company in various marketing and sales positions.
    

                                       37
<PAGE>
    Leonard  C. Purkis joined the Company  as Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer  in March 1995.  Mr. Purkis joined  Iomega following  12
years  at  General Electric  Company, where  his most  recent assignment  was as
Senior Vice President  of Finance  at GE Capital  Fleet Services.  He also  held
positions  in  the Financial  Services, Lighting  and Plastics  businesses, with
assignments in Europe and the U.S.

   
    Srini Nageshwar was promoted to Senior Vice President, Europe in April 1991.
Mr. Nageshwar joined  the Company  in January  1991 as  Vice President,  Europe.
Prior  to joining  the Company, Mr.  Nageshwar was Executive  Vice President for
Marketing, Sales  and Operations  of OAZ  Communications, a  network fax  server
company,  from February 1990 to  December 1990. Prior to  that, he was President
and Chief Operating Officer of Cumulus Corp., a memory peripherals manufacturing
company, from January 1989 to February 1990. Prior to that, Mr. Nageshwar  spent
24  years in marketing and general  management positions with Hewlett-Packard, a
computer company, most recently as Value-Added Business Manager.
    

   
    Anton J. Radman,  Jr., has  been Senior Vice  President, Strategic  Business
Development  since April 1995. Mr.  Radman joined the Company  in April 1980 and
his previous positions  with the  Company have included  Senior Vice  President,
Sales  and Marketing, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, President of
the Bernoulli  Optical  Systems Co.  (BOSCO)  subsidiary of  the  Company,  Vice
President,  Research  and Development,  Vice President,  OEM Products  and Sales
Manager, and Senior Vice President, Micro Bernoulli Division.
    

   
    Leon J.  Staciokas  has  been  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Internal
Operating  Officer since April 1993. Mr.  Staciokas joined the Company in August
1987 as Senior Vice President - Operations. He served as acting Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company from October 1993 until January 1994. Mr. Staciokas plans
to retire during 1996, although he may continue with the Company for some period
of time in a consulting role.
    

   
    M.  Wayne Stewart joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Operations in
January  1996.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Stewart  was  Vice  President  of  Global
Manufacturing  Concepts  and Engineering  Services  at Whirlpool  Corporation, a
consumer appliance company, from January  1995 to December 1995. From  September
1970   to   December   1994,   Mr.  Stewart   was   Manufacturing   Manager  for
Hewlett-Packard.
    

   
    Edward D. Briscoe  joined the Company  as Vice President,  Sales in  January
1995.  From May  1993 to  January 1995,  Mr. Briscoe  was Director  of Sales and
Marketing for Apple Computer's Personal Interactive Electronics Division.  Prior
to that, Mr. Briscoe was Executive Assistant to the President of Apple USA. From
July  1987 to April 1992, he held  various sales management positions with Apple
Computer, Inc. Previously, Mr. Briscoe  was an Account Marketing  Representative
for IBM, Inc. from June 1984 to July 1987.
    

    Timothy  L. Hill  joined the  Company as  Vice President,  Marketing in July
1994. Mr. Hill was Vice President,  Marketing of Falcon Microsystems, a  federal
reseller  and systems integrator, from August 1993  to July 1994. Prior to that,
Mr. Hill was Director of Marketing and Sales for the Consumer Business  Division
of  Gates Energy  Products from  January 1988 to  August 1993.  Prior to January
1988, Mr. Hill was Marketing Manager  for the Consumer Camera Products  Division
of Polaroid Corporation, a producer of photography equipment and supplies.

   
    John G. Thompson has been Vice President, Outsourcing since January 1996. He
was  Vice President, Corporate Manufacturing from  January 1993 to January 1996.
Prior to  that, Mr.  Thompson  was Vice  President, Materials,  Procurement  and
Engineering  Services from March 1988 until  January 1992. Mr. Thompson was Vice
President/Controller of the Company from January 1988 until March 1988.
    

   
    Willard C. Kennedy joined the Company as Vice President, Worldwide Logistics
and Materials  in November  1995. From  January 1994  to November  1995, he  was
Senior  Vice President  and General  Manager of  the Digital Videocommunications
Systems for  Philips Consumer  Electronics. He  also held  positions at  Philips
Consumer Electronics as Vice President of Logistics from October 1992 to January
1994  and  Vice President  of Purchasing  from September  1990 to  October 1992.
Before joining Philips, Mr.  Kennedy held a variety  of management positions  in
manufacturing, purchasing and engineering over a period of 20 years with General
Electric Company.
    

                                       38
<PAGE>
    Donald  R. Sterling  was promoted to  Vice President,  Corporate Counsel and
Secretary in April 1994. Prior to that, he was Vice President for Legal  Affairs
and Secretary from August 1993 to March 1994. Mr. Sterling joined the Company in
September 1988.

    David  J. Dunn has been  Chairman of the Board  of Directors since 1980. Mr.
Dunn has  been Managing  General  Partner of  Idanta  Partners Ltd.,  a  venture
capital firm, since 1971.

    Willem  H.J. Andersen  has been  a director of  the Company  since 1994. Mr.
Andersen  has  been  a  consultant  to  National  Semiconductor  Corporation,  a
semiconductor  manufacturer, since  its February  1995 acquisition  of Comlinear
Corporation, also a  semiconductor manufacturer. From  June 1992 until  February
1995,  he was Chief  Executive Officer and a  director of Comlinear Corporation.
From November 1986  until June  1992, he was  Chief Executive  Officer of  Laser
Magnetic  Storage International Company, a  designer and manufacturer of optical
and tape  mass-storage  equipment. Mr.  Andersen  is a  director  of  Analytical
Survey, Inc.

    Robert  P. Berkowitz  has been  a director  of the  Company since  1983. Mr.
Berkowitz has been a private consultant since March 1992. From August 1991 until
March 1992,  he  was President  and  Chief Executive  Officer  of  CimTelligence
Systems,  a  developer  of  process  planning  software  for  the  manufacturing
industry. Previously, he had been a  private investor and a writer since  August
1988.

    Anthony  L. Craig has been  a director of the  Company since 1990. Mr. Craig
has been  Vice  President,  Worldwide  Sales  Operations  of  Digital  Equipment
Corporation,  a computer  manufacturer, since October  1993. He  was Senior Vice
President, International  of Oracle  Corporation, a  computer software  company,
from  June 1992  until June  1993. From  March 1992  until June  1992, he  was a
private investor.  Previously,  from  June  1990 until  February  1992,  he  was
President  and  Chief Executive  Officer of  C3 Inc.,  a manufacturer  of custom
computing workstations. He is a director of Bell Industries, Inc.

   
    Michael J. Kucha has been  a director of the  Company since 1980. Mr.  Kucha
has  been  President  and  CEO of  ERISS  Corporation,  an  information services
company, since January 1996. He has also  been President of Melvin C. Dill  Co.,
Inc.,  a manufacturer of industrial labels, since October 1990. He was a private
investor from May 1989 until October 1990. He served as Chief Executive  Officer
of the Company from January 1987 until May 1989.
    

    John  R. Myers has  been a director  of the Company  since April 1994. Since
July 1994, Mr. Myers has been  Chairman of Garrett Airline Services, a  provider
of  modification and upgrade services for  corporate jet aircraft. From December
1993 to July 1994,  he was a  private consultant. From  June 1992 until  October
1993,  he was  an executive  officer of  Thiokol Corporation,  a manufacturer of
rocket motors  and  specialty  fastener  devices,  initially  serving  as  Chief
Operating Officer and later as Chief Executive Officer. From 1980 until 1992, he
was President of Textron Lycoming, a producer of piston and turbine engines.

    John  E. Nolan,  Jr. has been  a director since  1993. Mr. Nolan  has been a
Partner at the law  firm of Steptoe &  Johnson since 1963. He  is a director  of
Hooper Holmes, Inc.

   
    The Honorable John E. Sheehan has been a director of the Company since 1990.
Mr.  Sheehan,  an  entrepreneur since  1976,  is  a director  and  the principal
stockholder of several of the privately  owned enterprises which he founded.  He
is  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rhome Management Co., which provides
oversight to his various corporate interests. He  is also a member of the  Board
of  Trustees for the Harvard Business  School Alumni Association and Chairman of
the Board of Trustees of the U.S. Naval Academy Alumni Association. Mr.  Sheehan
is a former member, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
    

                                       39
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    The  following  table sets  forth certain  information  with respect  to the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of November 30, 1995,  and
as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, by
(i) each person or entity known to the Company to beneficially own 5% or more of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors and
(iii) all directors and executive officers as a group.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                               OUTSTANDING SHARES (2)
                                                                         NUMBER OF SHARES    --------------------------
                                                                           BENEFICIALLY         BEFORE        AFTER
                                                                            OWNED (1)          OFFERING      OFFERING
                                                                       --------------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                    <C>                   <C>           <C>
Idanta Partners Ltd. (3).............................................         7,989,678            13.7%         12.5%
  4660 LaJolla Village Drive
  Suite 775
  San Diego, CA 92122
Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. (4)...................................         3,325,575             5.7           5.2
  1299 Ocean Avenue
  11th Floor
  Santa Monica, CA 90401
William H.J. Andersen (5)............................................            21,900           *             *
Robert P. Berkowitz..................................................                 0           --            --
Anthony L. Craig.....................................................            63,750           *             *
David J. Dunn (6)....................................................         8,331,414            14.3          13.1
Kim B. Edwards (7)...................................................           735,525             1.2           1.1
Michael J. Kucha (8).................................................            37,758           *             *
John R. Myers (9)....................................................            21,750           *             *
John E. Nolan, Jr. (10)..............................................            67,500           *             *
The Honorable John E. Sheehan (11)...................................           306,000           *             *
All current directors and executive officers as a group
  (19 persons) (12)..................................................        11,697,453            19.2          17.7
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------

*   Less than 1%.

(1)  The inclusion herein  of any shares  of Common Stock  as beneficially owned
    does not constitute an  admission of beneficial  ownership of those  shares.
    Unless otherwise indicated, each person listed above has sole investment and
    voting power with respect to the shares listed. In accordance with the rules
    of  the Securities and Exchange Commission  (the "SEC"), each stockholder is
    deemed to beneficially own  any shares issuable upon  the exercise of  stock
    options  that are currently exercisable or that become exercisable within 60
    days after November 30, 1995, and any reference in these footnotes to shares
    subject to stock options held by the stockholder in question refers only  to
    such options.

(2)  Number  of  shares deemed  outstanding  for purposes  of  calculating these
    percentages is comprised of the 58,427,559 shares outstanding as of November
    30, 1995, plus any  shares subject to  stock options held  by the person  in
    question.  Number of shares deemed  outstanding after this offering includes
    the additional 5,250,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

(3) David J.  Dunn, a director  of the  Company, and Dev  Purkayastha and  Perse
    Failey are the general partners of Idanta Partners Ltd. and share voting and
    dispositive power with respect to such shares.

   
(4)  Dimensional  Fund Advisors  Inc.  ("Dimensional"), a  registered investment
    advisor, has filed  a Schedule  13G with  the SEC  reporting the  beneficial
    ownership  of  Common  Stock as  of  December  31, 1994,  and  the foregoing
    information is derived from such Schedule 13G. Dimensional is deemed to have
    beneficial  ownership  of  3,325,575  shares,  all  of  which  are  held  in
    portfolios  of DFA Investment  Dimensions Group Inc.,  a registered open-end
    investment company,  or in  a  series of  DFA  Investment Trust  Company,  a
    

                                       40
<PAGE>
    Delaware  business trust, or the DFA Group Trust and DFA Participation Group
    Trust, investment vehicles for qualified employee benefit plans, for all  of
    which  Dimensional  serves  as  investment  manager.  Dimensional  disclaims
    beneficial ownership of all such shares.

   
(5) Includes 18,750 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Andersen.
    

   
(6) Includes 7,989,678 shares held by Idanta Partners Ltd., of which Mr. Dunn is
    Managing General Partner,  and 341,736  shares held  by a  family trust,  of
    which Mr. Dunn is trustee.
    

   
(7)  Includes 496,875 shares subject to stock  options held by Mr. Edwards. Also
    includes 3,000 shares  held by Mr.  Edwards' wife, as  to which Mr.  Edwards
    disclaims beneficial ownership.
    

   
(8) Includes 7,500 shares held by Mr. Kucha as custodian for his children, as to
    which  Mr. Kucha  disclaims beneficial  ownership. Also  includes 258 shares
    held as co-trustee with his  wife, as to which  shares Mr. Kucha has  shared
    voting and investment power, and 30,000 shares subject to stock options held
    by Mr. Kucha.
    

   
(9) Includes 18,750 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Myers.
    

   
(10) Includes 37,500 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Nolan.
    

   
(11)  Includes 93,750 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Sheehan. Also
    includes 66,000 shares held by Mr.  Sheehan's wife, as to which Mr.  Sheehan
    disclaims beneficial ownership.
    

   
(12)  Includes 2,416,086  shares subject to  stock options  and 7,989,678 shares
    held by Idanta Partners Ltd.
    

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   
    The authorized capital stock of  the Company consists of 150,000,000  shares
of Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, $.01 par value per share. As of December 31, 1995, there were outstanding
58,819,335  shares of Common Stock held by  2,634 stockholders of record. Of the
5,000,000 authorized  shares  of  Preferred  Stock,  250,000  shares  have  been
designated  as Series C Junior Participating  Preferred Stock (none of which are
outstanding), and 4,750,000 shares remain available for designation by the Board
of Directors in the future.
    

    The following summary of certain  provisions of the Company's Common  Stock,
Preferred  Stock, Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws is not intended to be
complete and is qualified by reference  to the provisions of applicable law  and
to  the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  and By-laws included as exhibits
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. See "Available
Information."

COMMON STOCK

    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on  all
matters  submitted to a vote  of stockholders and do  not have cumulative voting
rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority  of the outstanding shares of  Common
Stock  entitled  to vote  in  any election  of directors  may  elect all  of the
directors standing for election. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive
ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out
of funds legally available therefor, subject to any preferential dividend rights
of the  holders  of  any  outstanding Preferred  Stock.  Upon  the  liquidation,
dissolution  or winding-up of the Company,  holders of Common Stock are entitled
to receive ratably  the net  assets of  the Company  available for  distribution
after  the payment of all debts and other liabilities of the Company and subject
to the prior rights of the  holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock.  Holders
of  Common  Stock have  no  preemptive, subscription,  redemption  or conversion
rights. The  outstanding shares  of Common  Stock are,  and the  shares  offered
hereby  will be,  when issued  and paid for,  fully paid  and nonassessable. The
rights, preferences and privileges  of holders of Common  Stock are subject  to,
and  may  be adversely  affected  by, the  rights of  holders  of any  shares of
Preferred Stock that the Company may issue in the future.

PREFERRED STOCK

    The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations  prescribed
by  law, without further stockholder approval, to  issue from time to time up to
4,750,000   shares   of    Preferred   Stock,   in    one   or   more    series.

                                       41
<PAGE>
Each  such  series  of  Preferred  Stock  shall  have  such  number  of  shares,
designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative
rights or privileges as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, which may
include, among others,  dividend rights, voting  rights, redemption and  sinking
fund  provisions,  liquidation  preferences,  conversion  rights  and preemptive
rights.

    The stockholders  of  the  Company  have  granted  the  Board  of  Directors
authority  to  issue  the  Preferred  Stock  and  to  determine  its  rights and
preferences in order to eliminate delays  associated with a stockholder vote  on
specific issuances. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to
the  rights of holders of any Preferred Stock issued in the future. The issuance
of Preferred Stock,  while providing  desirable flexibility  in connection  with
possible  acquisitions and  other corporate purposes,  could have  the effect of
making it more  difficult for a  third party  to acquire, or  of discouraging  a
third  party from  attempting to acquire,  a majority of  the outstanding voting
stock of the Company. The  Company has no present plans  to issue any shares  of
Preferred Stock.

RIGHTS PLAN

    In  July 1989, the Company adopted a  Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a
dividend of four-fifteenths of  one preferred stock  purchase right (a  "Right")
for each outstanding share of Common Stock. Under certain conditions, each Right
may  be exercised to  purchase one one-hundredth  of a share  of Series C Junior
Participating Preferred Stock ("Series C Preference Stock") at an exercise price
of $15. The Rights will  be exercisable only if a  person or group has  acquired
beneficial  ownership  of 20%  or more  of the  Common Stock  of the  Company or
announced a tender or exchange offer that would result in such a person or group
owning 30% or more of the Common  Stock. The Company generally will be  entitled
to redeem the Rights at $.01 per Right at any time until the tenth day following
public  announcement that a 20% stock position  has been acquired and in certain
other circumstances.

    If any person  or group becomes  a beneficial owner  of 25% or  more of  the
Common  Stock (except pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all shares at a
fair price as determined by the outside members of the Board of Directors) or if
a 20% stockholder consolidates or merges into or engages in certain self-dealing
transactions with the Company,  each Right not owned  by a 20% stockholder  will
enable  its holder to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal
to the exercise price of  the Right divided by one-half  of the market price  of
the Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event. In addition, if the
Company engages in a merger or other business combination with another person or
group  in which it is not the  surviving corporation or in connection with which
its Common Stock is changed or converted,  or if the Company sells or  transfers
50%  or more of its  assets or earning power to  another person, each Right that
has not  previously been  exercised will  entitle its  holder to  purchase  such
number  of  shares of  Common Stock  of such  other  person as  is equal  to the
exercise price of  the Right divided  by one-half  of the market  price of  such
Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event.

    Because   of  the  nature  of  the  Series  C  Preferred  Stock's  dividend,
liquidation and voting rights, the value  of four fifteen-hundredths of a  share
of  Series C Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of the four-fifteenths of
a Right associated with each share of Common Stock should approximate the  value
of one share of Common Stock.

    The  Rights  have  certain  anti-takeover  effects.  The  Rights  may  cause
substantial dilution to a person or  group that attempts to acquire the  Company
on  terms not approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, except pursuant
to an offer conditioned  on a substantial number  of Rights being acquired.  The
Rights  should  not  interfere with  any  merger or  other  business combination
approved by the Board of Directors.

DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS

    The Company  is subject  to the  provisions of  Section 203  of the  General
Corporation  Law of Delaware. In general,  Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held
Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  a  "business  combination"  with   an
"interested  stockholder" for  a period  of three  years after  the date  of the
transaction in which  the person  became an interested  stockholder, unless  the
business    combination    is    approved   in    a    prescribed    manner.   A

                                       42
<PAGE>
"business combination"  includes mergers,  asset  sales and  other  transactions
resulting  in  a financial  benefit to  the  interested stockholder.  Subject to
certain exceptions, an "interested stockholder"  is a person who, together  with
affiliates  and associates, owns, or within three  years did own, 15% or more of
the corporation's voting stock.

    The Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation and  By-Laws provide  that  any
action  required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company may
be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders or by a
written consent signed  by all  holders of  outstanding voting  stock, and  that
special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors or
the President of the Company. These provisions could have the effect of delaying
until  the next stockholders'  meeting stockholder actions  which are favored by
the holders of a majority of  the outstanding voting securities of the  Company.
These  provisions may  also discourage  another person  or entity  from making a
tender offer for the  Common Stock, because  such person or  entity, even if  it
acquired  a majority of the outstanding  voting securities of the Company, would
be able to  take action  as a  stockholder (such  as electing  new Directors  or
approving  a merger)  only at  a duly  called stockholders  meeting, and  not by
written consent.

    The Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  contains  certain  provisions
permitted  under  the  General  Corporation  Law  of  Delaware  relating  to the
liability of  Directors.  The provisions  eliminate  a Director's  liability  to
stockholders  for monetary  damages for  a breach  of fiduciary  duty, except in
certain  circumstances  involving  wrongful  acts,  such  as  the  breach  of  a
Director's  duty  of  loyalty or  acts  or omissions  which  involve intentional
misconduct  or  a  knowing  violation  of  law.  The  Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation  also contains provisions obligating  the Company to indemnify its
Directors  and  officers  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  the   General
Corporation  Law of  Delaware. The Company  believes that  these provisions will
assist the Company in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as
Directors.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

    The transfer agent  and registrar  for the  Common Stock  is American  Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.

                                       43
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

    Subject  to  the terms  and conditions  of  the Underwriting  Agreement, the
Underwriters named below, through their  Representatives, Hambrecht & Quist  LLC
and  Montgomery Securities, have  severally agreed to  purchase from the Company
the following respective numbers of shares of Common Stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        NUMBER OF
NAME                                                                                                      SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
Hambrecht & Quist LLC.................................................................................
Montgomery Securities.................................................................................

                                                                                                        ----------
    Total.............................................................................................   5,250,000
                                                                                                        ----------
                                                                                                        ----------
</TABLE>

    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject  to  certain conditions  precedent,  including the  absence  of  any
material  adverse change  in the Company's  business and the  receipt of certain
certificates, opinions  and  letters  from  the Company,  its  counsel  and  the
Company's  independent auditors. The  nature of the  Underwriters' obligation is
such that they  are committed  to purchase all  shares of  Common Stock  offered
hereby if any of such shares are purchased.

    The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock directly to the
public  at  the  public offering  price  set forth  on  the cover  page  of this
Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in  excess
of  $    per share. The  Underwriters may allow  and such dealers  may reallow a
concession not in excess of  $   per share  to certain other dealers. After  the
public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be
changed by the Underwriters.

    The  Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable no later
than 30  days after  the date  of this  Prospectus, to  purchase up  to  787,500
additional  shares  of  Common Stock  at  the  public offering  price,  less the
underwriting discount, set forth  on the cover page  of this Prospectus. To  the
extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will
have  a firm  commitment to purchase  approximately the  same percentage thereof
which the number of shares  of Common Stock to be  purchased by it shown in  the
above table bears to the total number shares of Common Stock offered hereby. The
Company  will be obligated, pursuant  to the option, to  sell such shares to the
Underwriters to  the  extent  the  option is  exercised.  The  Underwriters  may
exercise  such option only to cover  over-allotments made in connection with the
sale of shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

    The offering of the shares is made for delivery when, as and if accepted  by
the  Underwriters and subject  to prior sale and  to withdrawal, cancellation or
modification of the offering without notice. The Underwriters reserve the  right
to reject an order for the purchase of shares in whole or in part.

    The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against certain
liabilities, including  liabilities under  the Securities  Act of  1933, and  to
contribute  to  payments the  Underwriters may  be required  to make  in respect
thereof.

    The executive officers and  directors of the Company  have agreed that  they
will  not, without the  prior written consent  of Hambrecht &  Quist LLC, offer,
sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares  of Common Stock or options to  acquire
shares of Common Stock owned by them during the 90-day period following the date
of  this Prospectus. The Company has agreed  that it will not, without the prior
written consent of the Hambrecht & Quist  LLC, offer, sell, grant any option  to
purchase  or otherwise dispose of  any shares of Common  Stock during the 90-day
period following the date  of this Prospectus (except  pursuant to employee  and
director stock plans).

                                       44
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    The  validity of the  shares of Common  Stock offered hereby  will be passed
upon for the Company by Hale  and Dorr, Boston, Massachusetts. Partners of  Hale
and  Dorr beneficially own 93,750 shares of Common Stock of the Company. Certain
legal matters will  be passed  upon for  the Underwriters  by Gunderson  Dettmer
Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, Palo Alto, California.

                                    EXPERTS

    The  consolidated financial statements and schedule included or incorporated
by reference in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement,  to
the  extent and for the periods indicated in their reports, have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, and are included herein  in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The  Company is subject to the  informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act  of  1934, as  amended  (the  "Exchange Act"),  and  in  accordance
therewith  files reports, proxy  statements and other  information with the SEC.
Such documents can be  inspected and copied at  the public reference  facilities
maintained  by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at
the following Regional Offices of the SEC: Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor,
New York,  New York  10048 and  500 West  Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
Illinois  60661; and  copies of  such material  may be  obtained from  the SEC's
Public Reference Section at  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington, D.C. 20549  at
prescribed rates. The Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Reports
and  other information concerning the Company may  be inspected at the office of
Nasdaq Operations, 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.

    The Company has  filed with  the SEC a  Registration Statement  on Form  S-3
under  the  Securities Act  of 1933  with  respect to  the Common  Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Registration Statement  and  the exhibits  and  schedules thereto.  For  further
information  with  respect to  the Company  and its  Common Stock,  reference is
hereby made to such Registration  Statement, exhibits and schedules.  Statements
contained  in this Prospectus  as to the  contents of any  contract or any other
document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is  hereby
made  to the copy of such  contract or document (if any)  filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all  respects
by  such reference.  The Registration Statement  and the  exhibits and schedules
thereto may be examined  without charge at the  Public Reference Section of  the
SEC  at  450 Fifth  Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C.  20549 and  copies  of such
materials may be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates.

                                       45
<PAGE>
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

    The following documents filed by the  Company with the SEC are  incorporated
herein by reference:

    (1)  the Company's  Annual Report  on Form  10-K for  the fiscal  year ended
       December 31, 1994;

    (2) the Company's  Quarterly Reports  on Form  10-Q for  the quarters  ended
       April 2, July 2 and October 1, 1995; and

    (3)  the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A registering the Common
       Stock under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

   
    All documents filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant to Sections  13(a),
13(c),  14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to January 30, 1996 and prior
to the termination of the offering  of the Common Stock registered hereby  shall
be  deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and to be a part
hereof from the  date of  filing such documents.  Any statement  contained in  a
document  incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be
deemed to  be modified  or superseded  for purposes  of this  Prospectus to  the
extent  that a  statement contained  herein or  in any  other subsequently filed
document which  also is  or is  deemed to  be incorporated  by reference  herein
modifies  or supersedes such statement. Any  statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed, except as so  modified or superseded, to constitute a  part
of this Prospectus.
    

    The  Company  will  provide  without  charge to  each  person  to  whom this
Prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request of such person, a copy  of
any  or  all of  the  foregoing documents  incorporated  by reference  into this
Prospectus (without exhibits to such documents other than exhibits  specifically
incorporated  by reference into such documents). Requests for such copies should
be directed to the  Secretary of the  Company, 1821 West  Iomega Way, Roy,  Utah
84067 (telephone: (801) 778-1000).

                                       46
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------

NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR  OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS  AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON  AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY THE  COMPANY OR THE  UNDERWRITERS.
THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES NOT  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER  TO SELL OR  A SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO  BUY  TO  ANY  PERSON  IN ANY  JURISDICTION  IN  WHICH  SUCH  OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION  WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
OFFER OR SALE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION
THAT  THERE  HAS BEEN  NO  CHANGE IN  THE  AFFAIRS OF  THE  COMPANY OR  THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS  CORRECT AS OF ANY  DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE  DATE
HEREOF.

                                 --------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PAGE
                                                     -----
<S>                                               <C>
Prospectus Summary..............................           3
Risk Factors....................................           5
The Company.....................................          12
Use of Proceeds.................................          12
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend
 Policy.........................................          13
Capitalization..................................          14
Selected Consolidated Financial Data............          15
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations.....................................          16
Business........................................          24
Management......................................          37
Principal Stockholders..........................          40
Description of Capital Stock....................          41
Underwriting....................................          44
Legal Matters...................................          45
Experts.........................................          45
Available Information...........................          45
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
 Reference......................................          46
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements......         F-1
</TABLE>
    

                                5,250,000 SHARES

   
                                     [LOGO]
    

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                 --------------

                                   PROSPECTUS
                                 --------------

                               HAMBRECHT & QUIST

                             MONTGOMERY SECURITIES

                                          , 1996

- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants..............................................        F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995..........................        F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995.................................................................................        F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1993,
 1994 and 1995........................................................................        F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995.................................................................................        F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................       F-10
</TABLE>
    

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
   
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    

   
To Iomega Corporation:
    

   
    We  have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets  of Iomega
Corporation (a Delaware corporation)  and subsidiaries as  of December 31,  1994
and  1995, and the related  consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of  the three years in the period ended  December
31,  1995. These  financial statements are  the responsibility  of the Company's
management. Our  responsibility is  to  express an  opinion on  these  financial
statements based on our audits.
    

   
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
    

   
    In  our  opinion, the  consolidated financial  statements referred  to above
present fairly,  in all  material  respects, the  financial position  of  Iomega
Corporation  and subsidiaries as of December 31,  1994 and 1995, and the results
of their operations  and their cash  flows for each  of the three  years in  the
period  ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
    

   
    As explained in Note 3  to the consolidated financial statements,  effective
January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.
    

   
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
    
   
Salt Lake City, Utah
    
   
January 26, 1996
    

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                     ASSETS
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ---------------------
                                                               1994        1995
                                                             ---------   ---------
 <S>                                                         <C>         <C>
 Current assets:

   Cash and cash equivalents...............................  $  16,861   $   1,023

   Temporary investments...................................      2,932          --

   Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts
    of $1,627 and $1,861, respectively.....................     18,892     105,955

   Inventories.............................................     17,318      98,703

   Deferred tax assets.....................................        477       2,778

   Other current assets....................................      4,077       3,673
                                                             ---------   ---------

       Total current assets................................     60,557     212,132
                                                             ---------   ---------

 Equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost:

   Machinery and equipment.................................     45,585      67,812

   Leasehold improvements..................................      6,034       6,475

   Furniture and fixtures..................................      4,737       4,805

   Equipment and construction in process...................      2,837      24,057
                                                             ---------   ---------

                                                                59,193     103,149

   Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization.........    (43,917)    (49,779)
                                                             ---------   ---------

                                                                15,276      53,370
                                                             ---------   ---------

 Deferred tax assets.......................................         --         520
                                                             ---------   ---------

 Other assets..............................................         --         205
                                                             ---------   ---------

                                                             $  75,833   $ 266,227
                                                             ---------   ---------
                                                             ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
    

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                            of these balance sheets.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1994       1995
                                                              --------   ---------
 <S>                                                          <C>        <C>
 Current liabilities:
   Notes payable............................................  $     --   $  47,640
   Accounts payable.........................................     7,228      94,782
   Bank overdraft...........................................        --      11,833
   Accrued payroll and bonus................................     3,047       6,777
   Deferred revenue.........................................     1,947       3,207
   Accrued vacation.........................................     1,954       2,939
   Accrued warranty.........................................     3,943       4,652
   Other accrued liabilities................................     7,620      21,756
   Income taxes payable.....................................        --       5,141
   Current portion of capitalized lease obligations.........        --         782
                                                              --------   ---------
       Total current liabilities............................    25,739     199,509
                                                              --------   ---------
 Capitalized lease obligations, net of current portion......        --       1,481
                                                              --------   ---------
 Notes payable, net of current portion......................        --       2,551
                                                              --------   ---------
 Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)
 Redeemable Series A Convertible Preferred Stock;
  outstanding 258,816 shares................................     1,031          --
                                                              --------   ---------
 Stockholders' equity:
   Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 4,750,000
    shares..................................................        --          --
   Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock; authorized
    250,000 shares, none issued.............................        --          --
   Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value; authorized 150,000,000
    shares; issued 55,559,247 and 58,819,335 shares,
    respectively............................................     1,852       1,960
   Notes receivable from stockholders.......................      (597)         --
   Additional paid-in capital...............................    47,023      51,473
   Retained earnings........................................       785       9,253
                                                              --------   ---------
       Total stockholders' equity...........................    49,063      62,686
                                                              --------   ---------
                                                              --------   ---------
                                                              $ 75,833   $ 266,227
                                                              --------   ---------
                                                              --------   ---------
</TABLE>
    

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                            of these balance sheets.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  ---------------------------------
                                                    1993        1994        1995
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 <S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
 Sales..........................................  $ 147,123   $ 141,380   $ 326,225
 Cost of sales..................................     92,585      92,453     235,838
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Gross margin...................................     54,538      48,927      90,387
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Operating expenses:
   Selling, general and administrative..........     38,862      36,862      57,189
   Research and development.....................     18,972      15,438      19,576
   Restructuring costs (reversal)...............     14,131      (2,491)         --
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
       Total operating expenses.................     71,965      49,809      76,765
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Operating income (loss)........................    (17,427)       (882)     13,622
   Foreign currency gain (loss).................        328         353      (1,243)
   Interest income..............................        620         871         537
   Interest expense.............................        (70)        (15)     (1,652)
   Other income (expense).......................       (107)       (301)        375
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Income (loss) before income taxes and
  cumulative effect of accounting change........    (16,656)         26      11,639
 Provision for income taxes.....................       (206)     (1,908)     (3,136)
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............................    (16,862)     (1,882)      8,503
 Cumulative effect of accounting change.........      2,337          --          --
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net income (loss)............................  $ (14,525)  $  (1,882)  $   8,503
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Net income (loss) per common share:
   Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of
    accounting change...........................  $   (0.31)  $   (0.03)  $    0.14
   Cumulative effect of accounting change.......       0.04          --          --
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net income (loss)............................  $   (0.27)  $   (0.03)  $    0.14
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Weighted average common chares outstanding.....     54,318      55,419      60,180
</TABLE>
    

   
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
    

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NOTES
                                                                  COMMON STOCK     RECEIVABLE ADDITIONAL
                                                               ------------------   FROM    PAID-IN    RETAINED    TREASURY
                                                                 SHARES    AMOUNT  STOCKHOLDERS CAPITAL EARNINGS     STOCK
                                                               ----------  ------  ------   --------   ---------   ---------
 <S>                                                           <C>         <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>
 Balances at December 31, 1992...............................  53,632,656  $1,788  $  --    $57,746    $ 17,347    $ (11,857)
 Sale of shares to employees at an average price of $0.69
  cash per share.............................................     570,888      19     --        373          --           --
 Sale of shares to officer at an average price of $0.68 per
  share for a note receivable................................     882,000      29   (597)       568          --           --
 Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock redemption
  premium....................................................          --      --     --        (51)         --           --
 Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred Stock...........          --      --     --         --         (78)          --
 Tax benefit from early dispositions of employee stock.......          --      --     --        214          --           --
 Recognition of compensation from Employee Stock Purchase
  Plan.......................................................          --      --     --         84          --           --
 Issuance of 34,563 treasury shares under Employee Stock
  Purchase Plan..............................................          --      --     --        (30)         --           60
 Net loss....................................................          --      --     --         --     (14,525)          --
                                                               ----------  ------  ------   --------   ---------   ---------
 Balances at December 31, 1993...............................  55,085,544  $1,836  $(597)   $58,904    $  2,744    $ (11,797)

<CAPTION>

                                                                 TOTAL
                                                               ---------
 <S>                                                           <C>
 Balances at December 31, 1992...............................  $  65,024
 Sale of shares to employees at an average price of $0.69
  cash per share.............................................        392
 Sale of shares to officer at an average price of $0.68 per
  share for a note receivable................................         --
 Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock redemption
  premium....................................................        (51)
 Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred Stock...........        (78)
 Tax benefit from early dispositions of employee stock.......        214
 Recognition of compensation from Employee Stock Purchase
  Plan.......................................................         84
 Issuance of 34,563 treasury shares under Employee Stock
  Purchase Plan..............................................         30
 Net loss....................................................    (14,525)
                                                               ---------
 Balances at December 31, 1993...............................  $  51,090
</TABLE>
    

   
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
    

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NOTES
                                                                                   RECEIVABLE ADDITIONAL
                                                                                    FROM    PAID-IN    RETAINED    TREASURY
                                                                 SHARES    AMOUNT  STOCKHOLDERS CAPITAL EARNINGS     STOCK
                                                               ----------  ------  ------   --------   ---------   ---------
 Sale of shares to employees at an average price of $0.56
  cash per share.............................................     473,703      16     --        240          --           --
 <S>                                                           <C>         <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>
 Purchase of 390,000 shares at an average cost of $0.78 cash
  per share..................................................          --      --     --         --          --         (305)
 Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock redemption
  premium....................................................          --      --     --        (55)         --           --
 Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred Stock...........          --      --     --         --         (77)          --
 Tax benefit from early dispositions of employee stock.......          --      --     --         28          --           --
 Recognition of compensation from Employee Stock Purchase
  Plan.......................................................          --      --     --          8          --           --
 Issuance of 15,171 treasury shares under Employee Stock
  Purchase Plan..............................................          --      --     --        (17)         --           17
 Five-for-four Common Stock split effected in the form of a
  25% stock dividend.........................................          --      --     --    (12,085)         --       12,085
 Net loss....................................................          --      --     --         --      (1,882)          --
                                                               ----------  ------  ------   --------   ---------   ---------
 Balances at December 31, 1994...............................  55,559,247  $1,852  $(597)   $47,023    $    785    $      --

<CAPTION>

                                                                 TOTAL
                                                               ---------
 Sale of shares to employees at an average price of $0.56
  cash per share.............................................        256
 <S>                                                           <C>
 Purchase of 390,000 shares at an average cost of $0.78 cash
  per share..................................................       (305)
 Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock redemption
  premium....................................................        (55)
 Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred Stock...........        (77)
 Tax benefit from early dispositions of employee stock.......         28
 Recognition of compensation from Employee Stock Purchase
  Plan.......................................................          8
 Issuance of 15,171 treasury shares under Employee Stock
  Purchase Plan..............................................         --
 Five-for-four Common Stock split effected in the form of a
  25% stock dividend.........................................         --
 Net loss....................................................     (1,882)
                                                               ---------
 Balances at December 31, 1994...............................  $  49,063
</TABLE>
    

   
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
    

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NOTES
                                                                                   RECEIVABLE ADDITIONAL
                                                                                    FROM    PAID-IN    RETAINED    TREASURY
                                                                 SHARES    AMOUNT  STOCKHOLDERS CAPITAL EARNINGS     STOCK
                                                               ----------  ------  ------   --------   ---------   ---------
 Sale of shares to employees at an average price of $0.83
  cash per share.............................................   2,429,751      81     --      1,945          --           --
 <S>                                                           <C>         <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>
 Sale of shares to an officer at an average price of $0.57
  per share for a note receivable............................     496,875      16   (283)       267          --           --
 Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock redemption
  premium....................................................          --      --     --        (14)         --           --
 Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred Stock...........          --      --     --         --         (35)          --
 Tax benefit from early dispositions of employee stock.......          --      --     --        860          --           --
 Recognition of compensation from Employee Stock Purchase
  Plan.......................................................          --      --     --        185          --           --
 Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to Common
  Stock......................................................     318,600      11     --      1,194          --           --
 Issuance of Common Shares under Employee Stock Purchase
  Plan.......................................................      14,862      --     --         13          --           --
 Collection of notes receivable from stockholders............          --      --    880         --          --           --
 Net income..................................................          --      --     --         --       8,503           --
                                                               ----------  ------  ------   --------   ---------   ---------
 Balances at December 31, 1995...............................  58,819,335  $1,960  $  --    $51,473    $  9,253    $      --
                                                               ----------  ------  ------   --------   ---------   ---------
                                                               ----------  ------  ------   --------   ---------   ---------

<CAPTION>

                                                                 TOTAL
                                                               ---------
 Sale of shares to employees at an average price of $0.83
  cash per share.............................................      2,026
 <S>                                                           <C>
 Sale of shares to an officer at an average price of $0.57
  per share for a note receivable............................         --
 Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock redemption
  premium....................................................        (14)
 Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred Stock...........        (35)
 Tax benefit from early dispositions of employee stock.......        860
 Recognition of compensation from Employee Stock Purchase
  Plan.......................................................        185
 Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to Common
  Stock......................................................      1,205
 Issuance of Common Shares under Employee Stock Purchase
  Plan.......................................................         13
 Collection of notes receivable from stockholders............        880
 Net income..................................................      8,503
                                                               ---------
 Balances at December 31, 1995...............................  $  62,686
                                                               ---------
                                                               ---------
</TABLE>
    

   
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
    

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------
                                                     1993        1994       1995
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 <S>                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
 Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
     Net Income (Loss)...........................  $ (14,525)  $ (1,882)  $   8,503
     Non-Cash Revenue and Expense Adjustments:
         Depreciation and amortization expense...      8,472      6,853       8,943
         Cumulative effect of accounting
           change................................     (2,337)        --          --
         Deferred income tax provision
           (benefit).............................         --      4,508      (2,821)
         Change in restructuring reserves........      5,554      1,590          --
         Other...................................       (751)      (314)        926
     Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
         Trade receivables (net).................     (6,203)     2,793     (87,063)
         Inventories.............................      3,786     (3,747)    (81,385)
         Income taxes payable....................         --         --       6,823
         Other current assets....................       (694)    (1,135)     (1,278)
         Accounts payable........................      1,696        161      87,554
         Accrued liabilities.....................      6,333     (3,516)     32,808
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
             Net cash provided from (used in)
               operating activities..............      1,331      5,311     (26,990)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
     Purchase of equipment and leasehold
       improvements..............................     (6,567)    (7,083)    (45,232)
     Purchase of temporary investments...........         --     (8,825)     (2,090)
     Sale of temporary investments...............         --      5,893       5,022
     Prepayment of royalties.....................     (1,000)        --          --
     Proceeds from sale of property held for
       resale....................................      4,461         --          --
     Proceeds from sale of research and
       development assets........................         --      2,792          --
     Net (increase) decrease in other assets.....        343        (10)       (205)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
             Net cash used in investing
               activities........................     (2,763)    (7,233)    (42,505)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
     Proceeds from sales of Common Stock.........        402        256       2,028
     Proceeds from issuance of notes payable.....         --         --     259,667
     Payments on notes payable and capitalized
       lease obligations.........................        (11)        --    (209,748)
     Tax benefit from early dispositions of
       employee stock............................        214         28         860
     Redemption of Preferred Stock...............         (2)        --         (30)
     Purchase of treasury stock..................         --       (305)         --
     Utilization of treasury stock for Stock
       Purchase Plan.............................         20         --          --
     Payment of dividends on Preferred Stock.....        (78)        --          --
     Proceeds from notes receivable from
       stockholders..............................         --         --         880
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
             Net cash provided from (used in)
               financing activities..............        545        (21)     53,657
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents.........       (887)    (1,943)    (15,838)
 Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of the
 Year............................................     19,691     18,804      16,861
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of the Year....  $  18,804   $ 16,861   $   1,023
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and
     Financing Activities:
     Net receivable (payable) associated with
       revaluation of forward exchange
       contracts.................................  $      49   $   (111)  $  (1,113)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
     Sale of Common Stock for a Note.............  $     597   $     --   $     283
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
     Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock to
       Common Stock..............................  $      --   $     --   $   1,205
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
     Machinery and equipment financed under
       capitalized lease obligations.............  $      --   $     --   $   2,535
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
</TABLE>
    

   
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
    

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    

   
(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    

   
    NATURE OF OPERATIONS
    

   
    The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  innovative  data storage
solutions, based  on removable-media  technology,  that help  personal  computer
users  "manage their stuff."  The Company's data  storage solutions include disk
drives marketed  under the  tradenames Zip  and  Jaz, a  family of  tape  drives
marketed  under the  tradename Ditto,  and a  line of  removable drives marketed
under the tradename Bernoulli. Retail outlets for the Company's products include
mail  order  catalogs,  computer  superstores,  office  supply  superstores  and
speciality  computer stores. The  Company sells its  products to retail channels
directly as well as indirectly through distributors. The Company's products  are
sold  at the retail level by most  of the leading retailers of computer products
in the United States.  In addition to sales  through these retail channels,  the
Company  has  entered into  a  number of  strategic  marketing alliances  with a
variety of companies within the  computer industry. These alliances include  OEM
arrangements  providing for certain of the Company's products to be incorporated
in new computer systems at the time of purchase.
    

   
    The Company's business has grown significantly in the past year, with  sales
increasing  from $141.4 million in 1994 to $326.2 million in 1995. This business
growth  has  resulted  in  substantial  increases  in  accounts  receivable  and
inventories.  Increases in these  working capital components  have resulted in a
significant decline in  the Company's  liquidity. Although  the Company  expects
that  proceeds from an anticipated stock offering, together with current sources
of financing available to the Company, will be sufficient to fund the  Company's
operations through 1996, the Company may require additional funds during 1996 or
thereafter to finance its operations.
    

   
    SOURCES OF SUPPLY
    

   
    Many  components  incorporated  in,  or  used  in  the  manufacture  of, the
Company's products are currently only available from sole source suppliers.  The
Company  purchases  all of  its sole  source and  limited source  components and
equipment pursuant  to purchase  orders placed  from  time to  time and  has  no
guaranteed  supply  arrangements. Supply  shortages resulting  from a  change in
suppliers could cause  a delay in  manufacturing and a  possible loss of  sales,
which would have an adverse effect on operating results.
    

   
    MANUFACTURING RELATIONSHIPS
    

   
    The  Company uses independent  parties to manufacture for  the Company, on a
contract basis, a substantial portion  of the Company's products. The  Company's
manufacturing  relationships are generally not  covered by binding contracts and
may  be  subject  to  unilateral  termination  by  the  Company's  manufacturing
partners.  Shortages  resulting from  a change  in manufacturing  partners could
cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which would have an
adverse affect on operating results.
    

   
    PERVASIVENESS OF ESTIMATES
    

   
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
    

   
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
    

   
    The  consolidated financial statements  include the accounts  of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiaries after elimination of all material intercompany
accounts and transactions.
    

   
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
    

   
    Revenue is recognized when units are shipped to customers. However,  revenue
recognition  is  deferred  on  shipments  to  customers  with  right  of  return
privileges whose inventory is in excess of estimated normal customers' inventory
requirements. The gross margin  associated with deferral of  sales in excess  of
estimated
    

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
normal  customers'  inventory  requirements totaled  $1,494,000,  $1,947,000 and
$3,207,000 at December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and is included in
deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
    

   
    In addition,  the Company  records  reserves at  the  time of  shipment  for
estimated volume rebates and price protection credits to be issued to customers.
These  reserves totalled $169,000 and $1,633,000  at December 31, 1994 and 1995,
respectively, and are  netted against  accounts receivable  in the  accompanying
consolidated balance sheets.
    

   
    PRICE PROTECTION
    

   
    The Company has agreements with certain of its customers which, in the event
of  a price  decrease, allow  those customers  (subject to  certain limitations)
credit equal to the difference between the price originally paid and the reduced
price on units in the customers' inventories at the date of the price  decrease.
When  a  price decrease  is anticipated,  the  Company establishes  reserves for
amounts estimated to be reimbursed to the qualifying customers.
    

   
    INVENTORIES
    

   
    Inventories  include  direct  materials,  direct  labor,  and  manufacturing
overhead  costs and are recorded  at the lower of  cost (first-in, first-out) or
market and consist of the following (in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------
                                                               1994     1995
                                                              -------  -------
    <S>                                                       <C>      <C>
    Raw materials...........................................  $ 7,524  $89,030
    Work-in-process.........................................    4,839    5,680
    Finished goods..........................................    4,955    3,993
                                                              -------  -------
                                                              $17,318  $98,703
                                                              -------  -------
                                                              -------  -------
</TABLE>
    

   
    EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
    

   
    When property is  retired or otherwise  disposed of, the  book value of  the
property  is removed  from the  asset and  related accumulated  depreciation and
amortization accounts, and the net gain or loss is included in the determination
of net income. Depreciation is provided  based on the straight-line method  over
the following estimated useful lives of the property.
    

   
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                          <C>
    Machinery and equipment....................................  2 - 5 years
    Leasehold improvements.....................................      5 years
    Furniture and fixtures.....................................     10 years
</TABLE>
    

   
    The  Company  has certain  specialized manufacturing  equipment used  in its
operations.
    

   
    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
    

   
    Product research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
    

   
    ADVERTISING
    

   
    The Company expenses the cost of advertising the first time the  advertising
takes  place, except cooperative advertising with customers, which is accrued at
the time  of  sale. For  the  years ended  December  31, 1993,  1994  and  1995,
advertising   expenses   totaled   approximately   $5,574,000,   $6,348,000  and
$10,612,000, respectively.
    

   
    BANK OVERDRAFT
    

   
    The bank  overdraft represents  those checks  which have  been disbursed  to
vendors  but have not been presented to the bank for clearance. Upon presentment
to the bank, the bank overdraft will be funded by the revolving line of  credit,
thereby reducing the availability under the line. (See Note 5.)
    

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    WARRANTY COSTS
    

   
    A  one-year limited warranty is generally  provided on the Company's Zip and
Jaz drives.  Zip and  Jaz disks  carry a  limited lifetime  warranty. A  two  to
five-year  limited warranty is  generally provided on  Bernoulli disk drives and
disk drive subsystems. A two to five-year limited warranty is generally provided
on the tape drives and tape media.
    

   
    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
    

   
    Net income (loss) per common share  is based on the weighted average  number
of   shares  of  Common  Stock  and  dilutive  common  stock  equivalent  shares
outstanding during the year. Common stock equivalent shares consist primarily of
stock options and convertible preferred stock  that have a dilutive effect  when
applying the treasury stock method. In periods where losses are recorded, common
stock  equivalents would decrease the loss per share and are therefore not added
to weighted average shares outstanding. The outstanding shares and earnings  per
share  have been restated for all periods presented to reflect the impact of the
stock splits described in Note 2.
    

   
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
    

   
    For purposes of consolidating foreign operations, the Company has determined
the  functional  currency  for  its  foreign  operations  is  the  U.S.  dollar.
Therefore,  translation gains  and losses are  included in  the determination of
income.
    

   
    INCOME TAXES
    

   
    The  Company  recognizes  a  liability   or  asset  for  the  deferred   tax
consequences  of  temporary  differences  between the  tax  bases  of  assets or
liabilities and  their  reported  amounts in  the  financial  statements.  These
temporary  differences will  result in taxable  or deductible  amounts in future
years when the reported  amounts of the assets  or liabilities are recovered  or
settled.
    

   
    General business tax credits are accounted for using the "liability" method,
which  reduces Federal income tax expense in the year in which these credits are
generated.
    

   
    CASH EQUIVALENTS AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS
    

   
    For purposes of  the statements  of cash  flows, the  Company considers  all
highly  liquid  debt instruments  purchased with  maturities  of three  or fewer
months to be cash  equivalents. Instruments with maturities  in excess of  three
months  are  classified  as temporary  investments.  At December  31,  1994, all
temporary investments had maturities of  less than six months. Cash  equivalents
and   temporary  investments  primarily  consist  of  certificates  of  deposit,
investments  in  money  market  mutual  funds,  commercial  paper  and  bankers'
acceptances and are recorded at cost which approximates market.
    

   
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    

   
    The  book  value of  the Company's  financial instruments  approximates fair
value. The estimated fair values  have been determined using appropriate  market
information and valuation methodologies.
    

   
    RECLASSIFICATIONS
    

   
    Certain  reclassifications  have been  made  in prior  periods' consolidated
financial statements to conform to the current presentation.
    

   
(2) STOCK SPLITS
    
   
    On October 27,  1994, the Company's  Board of Directors  declared a  5-for-4
stock  split which was effected in the form  of a 25% Common Stock dividend paid
on November 23,  1994 to  stockholders of  record at  the close  of business  on
November  9, 1994. The Company  paid cash in lieu  of issuing fractional shares.
The transaction has been accounted for as a stock split. Of the shares of Common
Stock distributed by  the Company  in connection  with the  November 1994  stock
split,  approximately  9,051,000 were  treasury  shares and  the  remainder were
    

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(2) STOCK SPLITS (CONTINUED)
    
   
authorized but unissued shares. The cost  of the treasury shares and  authorized
but  unissued shares were recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in capital.
All earnings per share and  outstanding shares have been retroactively  restated
in the financial statements for all periods presented.
    

   
    In  December 1995,  the Board of  Directors approved a  3-for-1 Common Stock
split, to be effected in  the form of a 200%  Common Stock dividend, subject  to
stockholder   approval  of  an  increase  in  the  authorized  Common  Stock  to
150,000,000 shares at $.03  1/3 par value  per share. On  January 26, 1996,  the
stockholders  approved the charter  amendment to increase  the authorized Common
Stock. The  stock  dividend  will be  paid  on  or about  January  31,  1996  to
stockholders  of record at the close of business on January 15, 1996. This stock
split  has  been  retroactively  reflected  in  the  accompanying   consolidated
financial statements.
    

   
    In  connection with each stock split,  proportional adjustments were made to
outstanding stock options and  other outstanding obligations  of the Company  to
issue shares of Common Stock.
    

   
(3) INCOME TAXES
    
   
    Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change
consisted of the following:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    December 31,                                1993        1994       1995
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>
    U.S.....................................  $  (7,338)  $    208   $ 10,761
    Non-U.S.................................     (9,318)      (182)       878
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                              $ (16,656)  $     26   $ 11,639
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                              ---------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
    

   
    The income tax provision consists of the following:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    December 31,                                1993        1994       1995
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>
    Current Income Taxes:
      Federal...............................  $    (164)  $  1,217   $ (4,158)
      State.................................        (22)       208       (805)
      Foreign...............................         --         --       (156)
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                   (186)     1,425     (5,119)
                                              ---------   --------   --------
    Deferred Taxes:
      Federal...............................      5,989         (6)       189
      State.................................      1,497         --         47
      Change in Valuation Allowance.........     (7,506)    (3,327)     1,747
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                    (20)    (3,333)     1,983
                                              ---------   --------   --------
    Provision for Income Taxes..............  $    (206)  $ (1,908)  $ (3,136)
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                              ---------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Effective  January  1,  1993,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for  Income Taxes" (SFAS No. 109).  In
accordance  with  the provisions  of SFAS  No. 109,  the Company  recognized the
cumulative effect  of  this  accounting  change totaling  $2.3  million  in  the
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1993.
    

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(3) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    Deferred  tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences
between the financial reporting  and tax basis of  assets and liabilities.  They
are  measured by applying the enacted tax rates and laws in effect for the years
in which such differences are expected to reverse. The significant components of
the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER
                                                           31,      DECEMBER
                                                          1994      31, 1995
                                                        ---------   ---------
    <S>                                                 <C>         <C>
    Deferred tax assets:
      Bad debt reserves...............................  $    482    $  1,158
      Inventory reserves..............................       940       2,378
      Fixed asset reserves............................        36          64
      Accrued expense reserves........................     4,596       7,188
      Unrealized foreign currency loss................        --         438
      Inventory unicap adjustment.....................       160         375
      Foreign net operating loss carryover............     1,493       1,921
      Tax credit carryover............................     5,365       1,273
      Intercompany profit in inventory................        86          84
      Other...........................................        45          30
                                                        ---------   ---------
    Total deferred tax assets.........................    13,203      14,909
    Valuation allowance...............................   (12,585)    (11,341)
                                                        ---------   ---------
    Deferred tax asset net of valuation allowance.....       618       3,568
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Accelerated depreciation........................      (141)       (270)
                                                        ---------   ---------
    Net deferred tax assets...........................  $    477    $  3,298
                                                        ---------   ---------
                                                        ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Management believes  that,  based on  a  number of  factors,  the  available
objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of
the  deferred tax asset such that a  valuation allowance has been recorded. Such
factors include  lack of  cumulative  operating profits  in the  previous  three
years,  recent increases in expense levels  to support the Company's growth, and
the fact that the market in which the Company competes is intensely  competitive
and  characterized by rapidly changing technology. Accordingly, the deferred tax
assets have been reduced by a $11.3 million valuation allowance at December  31,
1995.  This allowance  has been established  for the foreign  net operating loss
carryforward and temporary  differences which  are not expected  to be  realized
through an income tax loss carryback to a prior period.
    

   
    Although  the realization  of the net  deferred tax assets  are not assured,
management believes that it is more likely than not that all of the net deferred
tax assets  will  be  realized.  The  amount of  the  net  deferred  tax  assets
considered  realizable,  however, could  be reduced  in the  near term  based on
changing conditions.
    

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(3) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The differences between the provision for income taxes at the U.S. statutory
rate and the effective rate, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    December 31,                                  1993       1994       1995
                                                --------   --------   --------
    <S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
    Benefit (provision) at U.S. statutory
     rate.....................................  $  5,663   $     (9)  $ (3,957)
    Utilization of tax credits................       947          4         --
    Change in transfer price..................        --      1,400         --
    Non-Deductible items......................        21         --        (95)
    State income taxes........................       669        (22)      (596)
    (Increase) decrease in deferred asset
     valuation allowance......................    (7,506)    (3,327)     1,747
    Foreign income taxes......................        --         --       (156)
    Other.....................................        --         46        (79)
                                                --------   --------   --------
    Provision for income taxes................  $   (206)  $ (1,908)  $ (3,136)
                                                --------   --------   --------
                                                --------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Cash paid for  income taxes  was $1,322,000 in  1993, $94,000  in 1994,  and
$71,000  in 1995. The  Company received cash  refunds of $2,247,000  in 1994 and
$1,592,000 in 1995.
    

   
    For income tax purposes, the Company has approximately $5,056,000 in foreign
net operating loss carryforwards and $1,273,000 of tax credit carryforwards. The
tax credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2008.
    

   
(4) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    

   
    LITIGATION
    

   
    The Company is involved in lawsuits  and claims generally incidental to  its
business. It is the opinion of management, after discussions with legal counsel,
that  the ultimate  dispositions of  these lawsuits and  claims will  not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.
    

   
    LEASE COMMITMENTS
    

   
    The Company  conducts  its  operations from  leased  facilities  and  leases
certain  equipment  used in  its operations.  Aggregate lease  commitments under
non-cancelable operating leases in  effect at December 31,  1995 are as  follows
(in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     LEASE
    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                     COMMITMENTS
    ------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
    <S>                                                           <C>
    1996........................................................    $ 3,063
    1997........................................................      2,456
    1998........................................................      2,108
    1999........................................................      1,683
    2000........................................................      1,289
    Thereafter..................................................         97
                                                                  -----------
                                                                    $10,696
                                                                  -----------
                                                                  -----------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Total  rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 was
approximately $2,336,000, $1,989,000 and $1,981,000, respectively.
    

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(4) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The following is a schedule of  future minimum lease payments under  capital
leases together with the present value of net minimum lease payments at December
31, 1995 (in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FUTURE MINIMUM
    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                 LEASE PAYMENTS
    --------------------------------------------------------  --------------
    <S>                                                       <C>
    1996....................................................      $  973
    1997....................................................         973
    1998....................................................         640
                                                                  ------
    Total net minimum lease payments........................       2,586
    Less amount representing interest.......................        (323)
                                                                  ------
    Present value of net minimum lease payments.............       2,263
    Less: current portion...................................        (782)
                                                                  ------
                                                                  $1,481
                                                                  ------
                                                                  ------
</TABLE>
    

   
    BONUS PLAN
    

   
    The  Company has adopted  a bonus plan  that provides for  bonus payments to
officers and key employees. The payment of the 1995 bonuses was contingent  upon
the  Company and  the employees  achieving certain  objectives. At  December 31,
1995, the Company has  accrued $3,000,000 for management  bonuses which will  be
paid  in March 1996 or  after the First Security Bank  Loan Agreement is paid in
full (see Note 13). At December  31, 1994, approximately $1,400,000 was  accrued
for  management bonuses, the majority of which was paid in February and March of
1995.
    

   
    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
    

   
    In 1995, the Company  adopted a bonus plan  for the Chief Executive  Officer
that  provides for  bonus payments  of cash  and up  to 60,000  shares of stock,
subject to a  three year  vesting, contingent  upon the  achievement of  certain
objectives.  At December 31, 1995, the cash payment is fully accrued. In January
1996, the Compensation Committee approved the issuance of the full 60,000 shares
of stock. The shares will be issued at a cost equal to par value.
    

   
    PROFIT SHARING PLAN
    

   
    In 1991,  the  Company adopted  a  profit  sharing plan  that  provided  for
payments to all eligible employees of their share of a pool that equaled 6.0% of
the  Company's annual income before income taxes.  In 1994, the plan was amended
to 5.0%  of the  Company's annual  income before  income taxes.  Employees  must
complete  one year of continuous employment  to be eligible. Employees receive a
share of the profit sharing  pool based upon their annual  salary as a ratio  to
total  annual  salaries  of  all eligible  employees.  The  Company  has accrued
approximately $600,000 for the 1995 profit  sharing plan, which will be paid  in
January 1996. There were no profit sharing payments for fiscal 1993 and 1994.
    

   
    FOREIGN EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
    

   
    The  Company has commitments to sell  foreign currencies relating to forward
exchange contracts in order  to hedge against  future currency fluctuations.  In
addition,  the Company purchases components denominated in Yen and has purchased
forward contracts to buy Yen.
    

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(4) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The outstanding forward exchange sale and purchase contracts at December 31,
1995 are as follows. The contracts mature in January and February 1996.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         CONTRACTED
                                                           FORWARD
                              AMOUNT        CURRENCY        RATE
                          ---------------   --------   ---------------
    <S>                   <C>               <C>        <C>
    French Franc........        1,939,000   FRF                  5.169
    Spanish Peseta......       64,524,000   ESP                 134.45
    Italian Lira........      363,000,000   ITL                 1692.0
    Japanese Yen........   (1,109,678,923)  YEN         100.60 - 101.0
</TABLE>
    

   
    Gains and losses on foreign currency contracts intended to be used to  hedge
operating  requirements are  reported currently in  income. Gains  and losses on
foreign currency contracts intended  to meet firm  commitments are deferred  and
are  recognized as part of the cost  of the underlying transaction being hedged.
At December 31, 1994 and 1995,  all of the Company's foreign currency  contracts
are  being used to hedge operating  requirements. The Company's theoretical risk
in these transactions is the cost  of replacing, at current market rates,  these
contracts in the event of default by the counterparty.
    

   
(5) NOTES PAYABLE
    

   
    LINE OF CREDIT
    

   
    On  July  5,  1995, the  Company  entered  into a  loan  agreement  with the
Commercial Finance  Division of  Wells Fargo  Bank, N.A.  The agreement  permits
revolving loans, term loans and letters of credit up to an aggregate outstanding
principal  amount equal to the lesser of $60 million or 90% of eligible accounts
receivable. Amounts outstanding  are collateralized by  accounts receivable  and
equipment.  The revolving  credit line bears  interest at the  bank's prime rate
plus 1% and the term  loans bear interest at the  bank's prime rate plus  1.25%.
The Company has segregated $25 million of the revolving line into a 60 day LIBOR
loan  to achieve a lower interest rate. Total availability under the Wells Fargo
agreement at  December  31, 1995  was  $56.1  million, of  which  $36.8  million
(exclusive  of bank overdrafts of $11.8 million) had been drawn. See Note 1. The
agreement expires June 30, 1996. Among other restrictions, covenants within  the
agreement  require the Company to maintain minimum levels of working capital and
net worth. The weighted average outstanding balance was $23,327,000 during 1995.
The maximum amount outstanding during 1995 was $38,184,000. The weighted average
interest rate was 10.6% for the year ended December 31, 1995.
    

   
    Loss of Wells Fargo Bank  as a lender would require  the Company to find  an
alternative  source of  funding, which could  have a material  adverse affect on
business and financial results.
    

   
    OTHER TERM NOTES
    

   
    During 1995,  the  Company  has  entered  into  term  notes  with  financial
institutions.  The proceeds from these notes were used to purchase manufacturing
equipment. The term notes have 36-month terms which mature at various dates from
November 1998  to January  1999.  Principal and  interest payments  are  payable
monthly.  Interest rates are fixed and range  from 8.89% to 9.11%. The notes are
secured by  the equipment  purchased.  The term  notes  require the  Company  to
maintain  minimum levels of working capital,  net worth, and quarterly operating
income.
    

   
    FINANCING OF EUROPEAN ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
    

   
    In November  1995, a  foreign  subsidiary of  the  Company entered  into  an
agreement  with a German commercial bank for  up to DM 50 million (approximately
$35 million) which involves  the sale of a  portion of the foreign  subsidiary's
accounts  receivable to the  bank. The agreement expires  in November 1996. Such
sales of receivables are limited to 90% of eligible accounts receivable  subject
to  certain credit  limits. The Company  has retained  the bad debt  risk on the
receivables up to DM 1 million per customer. The interest rate varies  depending
on  the currency and ranges from 7.75% to  15% at December 31, 1995. The loan is
denominated in
    

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(5) NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
    
   
several different  European  currencies  and  is  dependent  on  the  underlying
receivable.  The  weighted average  interest  rate was  11%  for the  year ended
December 31, 1995. During 1995, the  Company received a total of $17,849,000  in
proceeds  under  the  arrangement.  At  December  31,  1995,  $9.8  million  was
outstanding and is included  in notes payable in  the accompanying December  31,
1995 consolidated balance sheet.
    

   
    The following table summarizes the notes payable outstanding at December 31,
1995 (in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                           <C>
    LIBOR loan
     (8.875% fixed interest rate)...............................  $  25,000
    Revolving credit line
     (9.5% interest rate at 12/31/95)...........................      8,241
    Term loan
     (9.75% interest rate at 12/31/95)..........................      3,612
    Other term notes............................................      3,537
    European agreement..........................................      9,801
                                                                  ---------
                                                                     50,191
    Less: Current portion.......................................    (47,640)
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  $   2,551
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Maturities of notes payable by year are as follows (in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
    --------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>                                                             <C>
    1996..........................................................  $47,640
    1997..........................................................    1,119
    1998..........................................................    1,187
    1999..........................................................      245
                                                                    -------
                                                                    $50,191
                                                                    -------
                                                                    -------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Cash  paid for interest was $970,000  in 1995, including interest on capital
leases. There was  no outstanding debt  in 1993 and  1994. Included in  interest
expense  for 1995  was $267,000 of  amortization of  deferred charges associated
with obtaining the debt.
    

   
(6) PREFERRED STOCK
    
   
    The Company  has  authorized the  issuance  of  up to  5,000,000  shares  of
Preferred  Stock, $.01 par value per share. The Company's Board of Directors has
the authority, without further shareholder approval, to issue Preferred Stock in
one or more series and to fix the rights and preferences thereof. As of December
31, 1995,  250,000  shares were  designated  as Series  C  Junior  Participating
Preferred Stock and the remaining 4,750,000 shares were undesignated.
    

   
    SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
    

   
    During  1987, in connection  with the settlement  of litigation, the Company
designated  1,200,000  shares  of  Preferred   Stock  as  Redeemable  Series   A
Convertible Preferred Stock. These shares were issued in 1989.
    

   
    Effective  June 16,  1995, the  Company exercised  its right  to require the
conversion of all  outstanding Series A  Stock into the  Company's Common  Stock
pursuant  to the original  conversion terms. Upon  conversion, 318,600 shares of
Common Stock were  issued to  the Series  A Stock  shareholders. Any  fractional
shares were paid with cash in lieu of stock.
    

   
    Common  shares  issued  on conversion  of  the  Series A  Stock  shares were
recorded at the net carrying value of the Series A Convertible Preferred  Stock,
plus accrued dividends.
    

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(6) PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
    
   
    SERIES C JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
    

   
    In  July 1989, the  Company designated 250,000 shares  of Preferred Stock as
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock in connection with its Shareholder
Rights Plan (see Note 7). Each share of Series C Junior Participating  Preferred
Stock  (Series C  Stock) will:  (1) have  a liquidation  preference of  $375 per
share; (2) have  rights to dividends,  subject to  the rights of  any series  of
Preferred  Stock ranking prior and  superior to the Series  C Stock, when and if
declared by the Board of Directors; (3)  not be redeemable; and (4) have  voting
rights which entitle the holder to 375 votes per share.
    

   
(7) PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
    
   
    In  July 1989, the Company adopted a  Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a
dividend of  four-fifteenths of  one  preferred stock  purchase right  for  each
outstanding  share of Common Stock. Under  certain conditions, each right may be
exercised to purchase  one one-hundredth  of a  share of  Series C  Stock at  an
exercise  price of $15. The rights will be exercisable only if a person or group
has acquired  beneficial  ownership  of 20%  or  more  of the  Common  Stock  or
announced a tender or exchange offer that would result in such a person or group
owning  30% or more of the Common  Stock. The Company generally will be entitled
to redeem the rights at $.01 per right at any time until the tenth day following
public announcement that a 20% stock  position has been acquired and in  certain
other circumstances.
    

   
    If  any person  or group becomes  a beneficial owner  of 25% or  more of the
Common Stock (except pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all shares at  a
fair price as determined by the outside members of the Board of Directors) or if
a 20% stockholder consolidates or merges into or engages in certain self-dealing
transactions  with the Company, each  right not owned by  a 20% stockholder will
enable its holder to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as is  equal
to  the exercise price  of the right  divided by one-half  of the current market
price of  the Common  Stock on  the  date of  the occurrence  of the  event.  In
addition,  if the Company engages in a merger or other business combination with
another person or  group in  which it  is not  the surviving  corporation or  in
connection  with  which its  Common Stock  is  changed or  converted, or  if the
Company sells or transfers 50% or more of its assets or earning power to another
person, each  right that  has not  previously been  exercised will  entitle  its
holder to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock of such other person as
is  equal to the exercise price of the  right divided by one-half of the current
market price of such Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event.
    

   
(8) STOCK OPTIONS
    

   
    STOCK OPTION PLANS
    

   
    The Company has a 1981 Stock Option Plan (the "1981 Option Plan") and a 1987
Stock Option Plan (the "1987 Option Plan"). The 1981 Option Plan has expired and
no further options may be granted under this plan; however, outstanding  options
previously  granted  under this  plan remain  in effect.  Both plans  permit the
granting of  incentive  and  nonstatutory  stock options.  The  plans  cover  an
aggregate  of 20,625,000 shares  of Common Stock. The  exercise price of options
granted under the 1987 Option Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair  market
value  of the Common Stock at  the date of grant in  the case of incentive stock
options, and may not  be less than 25%  of the fair market  value of the  Common
Stock at the date of grant in the case of nonstatutory stock options.
    

   
    Options under both plans must be exercised within ten years from the date of
grant  in the case of incentive stock options and within ten years and one month
from the date of grant in the  case of nonstatutory stock options, or sooner  if
so  specified within the option agreement. At December 31, 1995, the Company had
reserved an aggregate of 11,134,590 shares for issuance upon exercise of options
granted or to be granted under these plans.
    

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(8) STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The following table presents the  aggregate options granted, forfeited,  and
exercised  under the 1981 and 1987 Option Plans for the years ended December 31,
1993, 1994 and 1995 at their  respective exercise price ranges. All options  and
option prices have been restated for the stock splits (see Note 2).
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NUMBER OF    OPTION PRICE
                                                  OPTIONS       PER SHARE
                                                 ----------  ---------------
    <S>                                          <C>         <C>
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1992...   8,934,153  $0.11 to $2.92
    Granted....................................     305,034  $0.70 to $1.90
    Exercised..................................  (1,816,110) $0.11 to $1.00
    Forfeited..................................    (373,908) $0.27 to $2.90
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1993...   7,049,169  $0.27 to $2.92
    Granted....................................   2,204,625  $0.60 to $1.06
    Exercised..................................    (474,141) $0.27 to $0.80
    Forfeited..................................  (1,418,391) $0.41 to $2.92
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1994...   7,361,262  $0.27 to $2.92
    Granted....................................   1,000,800  $1.13 to $14.21
    Exercised..................................  (2,473,053) $0.27 to $2.92
    Forfeited..................................     (57,032) $0.42 to $2.10
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1995...   5,831,977  $0.27 to $14.21
                                                 ----------
                                                 ----------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Options   to  purchase  5,660,850,  4,886,061   and  4,754,094  shares  were
exercisable at December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
    

   
    Options to  purchase 5,302,613  shares  were reserved  for future  grant  at
December 31, 1995.
    

   
    DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLANS
    

   
    The  1987 Director Stock  Option Plan (the  "Director Plan") covered 750,000
shares of  Common  Stock. The  Director  Plan provided  for  the grant  to  each
non-employee  director of the Company, on his initial election as a director, an
option to purchase 93,750 shares of  Common Stock. The exercise price per  share
of the option is equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on
the date of grant of the option. Options become exercisable in five equal annual
installments,  commencing one year  from the date of  grant, provided the holder
continues to serve as a  director of the Company.  Any option granted under  the
Director  Plan must be exercised no later than ten years from the date of grant.
All options granted under  the Director Plan are  nonstatutory options. In  1995
the Board adopted, and the stockholders approved, the 1995 Director Stock Option
Plan. This Plan covers 600,000 shares of Common Stock and provides for the grant
to  each non-employee  director of  the Company,  on his  initial election  as a
director, an option to purchase 75,000 shares of Common Stock.
    

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(8) STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The following table  presents the aggregate  options granted, forfeited  and
exercised  under the Director Plans for the  years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
and 1995, at  their respective  exercise price  ranges. All  options and  option
prices have been restated for the stock splits (see Note 2).
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  NUMBER OF    OPTION PRICE
                                                   OPTIONS      PER SHARE
                                                  ---------   --------------
    <S>                                           <C>         <C>
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1992....   412,500    $0.57 to $0.92
    Granted.....................................    93,750    $1.17
    Exercised...................................         0
    Forfeited...................................         0
                                                  ---------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1993....   506,250    $0.57 to $1.17
    Granted.....................................   187,500    $0.53
    Exercised...................................   (93,750)   $0.57
    Forfeited...................................         0
                                                  ---------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1994....   600,000    $0.53 to $1.17
    Granted.....................................         0
    Exercised...................................  (225,000)   $0.73 to $0.87
    Forfeited...................................         0
                                                  ---------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1995....   375,000    $0.53 to $1.17
                                                  ---------
                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
    

   
    Options  to purchase 281,250, 300,000 and 300,000 shares were exercisable at
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
    

   
    Options to  purchase  600,000  shares  were reserved  for  future  grant  at
December 31, 1995.
    

   
    OTHER STOCK OPTIONS
    

   
    In  December 1987, the Company granted to each of five of the six members of
the Board of Directors an option to purchase 93,750 shares of Common Stock.  The
exercise price of these options was $0.40 per share in the case of four options,
and  $0.47 per share in the case of the other option. Each option is exercisable
in increments of  18,750 shares per  year beginning  one year from  the date  of
grant  and must be exercised no later than ten years and one month from the date
of grant. During  1995, options  to purchase  243,750 shares  were exercised  at
$0.40  and $0.47 per  share. At December  31, 1994, options  for the purchase of
243,750 shares were outstanding  and exercisable at $0.40  and $0.47 per  share.
There were no options outstanding at December 31, 1995.
    

   
(9) STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
    

   
    1991 STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
    

   
    On  January 25, 1991, the Company's  Board of Directors approved an employee
stock purchase plan for 1991, 1992, and 1993. Eligible employees were allowed to
purchase  Common  Stock  at  market  value  on  the  date  coincident  with  the
distribution of the semiannual profit sharing payments. The employee will earn a
premium  equal  to 25%  of their  original purchase  on each  of the  first four
anniversaries of purchase provided the employee is still employed by the Company
and the shares are still held by  the Company. A total of 4,500,000 shares  were
approved for the three-year plan with 750,000 shares plus the premium of 750,000
shares  approved for  each year. Employees  participating in  the profit sharing
plan used up to 66 2/3% of their profit sharing payment to purchase stock. As of
December 31, 1995,  a total of  130,923 shares have  been purchased pursuant  to
this  plan and a total  of 41,370 of premium shares  have been issued under this
plan.
    

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(10) RETIREMENT PLAN
    
   
    The Iomega Retirement  and Investment Savings  (IRIS) Plan permits  eligible
employees to make tax deferred investments through payroll deductions. Each year
the  Company may contribute to  the IRIS Plan at the  discretion of the Board of
Directors, based on the prior year's earnings  of the Company. The IRIS Plan  is
subject  to compliance with Section 401(k) of  the Internal Revenue Code and the
Employee Retirement Income Securities Act of  1974. Under the terms of the  IRIS
Plan,   all  employee  contributions  and  certain  employer  contributions  are
immediately vested  in  full.  Certain employer  matching  contributions  become
vested  over  five years.  The  Company contributed  approximately  $398,000 and
$319,000 to  the IRIS  Plan for  the years  ended December  31, 1993  and  1994,
respectively. The Company has accrued $671,000 for contribution to the IRIS Plan
for the year ended December 31, 1995.
    

   
(11) OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION
    
   
    The  Company  has two  primary  geographic regions:  domestic  and European.
Domestic operations include all U.S. and export operations, primarily Canada and
Asia. Domestic export sales for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
were $7,534,000, $6,133,000 and  $18,160,000, respectively. European  operations
are  comprised of a subsidiary  in Germany and sales  offices located in France,
Belgium, the United  Kingdom, Spain,  Italy, Germany, Ireland  and Austria.  The
sales offices are branches of U.S. subsidiaries. All European sales are recorded
on  the books of the German subsidiary. Export sales from the European operation
for the  years  ended  December  31, 1993,  1994  and  1995  were  approximately
$23,868,000,   and  $29,903,000  and  $49,526,000,  respectively,  primarily  to
European countries other than Germany. The sales offices are compensated through
commission agreements. Inventory is transferred from domestic operations to  the
German  subsidiary  at  an arms-length  price  as determined  by  an independent
economic study. Following is a summary of the Company's operations by geographic
location.
    

   
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $112,961     $ 34,162      $     --       $147,123
      Affiliates........     26,750           --       (26,750)            --
    Cost of Sales.......    (89,984)     (29,997)       27,396        (92,585)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........     49,727        4,165           646         54,538
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........     58,454       13,511            --         71,965
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income (Loss)...   $ (4,147)    $(11,024)     $    646       $(14,525)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $ 68,004     $ 13,214      $   (129)      $ 81,089
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $  4,920     $  1,647      $     --       $  6,567
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
    

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(11) OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION (CONTINUED)
    
   
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $ 95,554     $ 45,826      $     --       $141,380
      Affiliates........     26,393           --       (26,393)            --
    Cost of Sales.......    (87,305)     (31,522)       26,374        (92,453)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........     34,642       14,304           (19)        48,927
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........     45,049        4,760            --         49,809
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income (Loss)...   $ (9,729)    $  7,866      $    (19)      $ (1,882)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $ 61,696     $ 14,228      $    (91)      $ 75,833
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $  5,894     $  1,189      $     --       $  7,083
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
    

   
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $241,128     $ 85,097      $     --       $326,225
      Affiliates........     65,644           --       (65,644)            --
    Cost of Sales.......   (229,134)     (72,357)       65,653       (235,838)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........     77,638       12,740             9         90,387
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........     66,072       10,693            --         76,765
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income..........   $  8,475     $     19      $      9       $  8,503
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $226,696     $ 39,473      $     58       $266,227
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $ 44,223     $  1,009      $     --       $ 45,232
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
    

   
(12) OTHER MATTERS
    

   
    SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
    

   
    During 1993,  sales  to  Ingram Micro  D,  Inc.  accounted for  14%  of  the
Company's sales. During 1994, sales to Ingram Micro D, Inc. accounted for 11% of
the  Company's sales. In 1995,  no single customer accounted  for 10% or more of
consolidated sales.
    

   
    CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
    

   
    The  Company  markets  its  products  primarily  through  computer   product
distributors  and retailers.  Accordingly, as the  Company grants  credit to its
customers, a substantial portion of outstanding accounts receivable are due from
computer product distributors and certain large retailers. At December 31, 1994,
the customers  with the  ten highest  outstanding accounts  receivable  balances
totaled  $7.1 million or 34%  of the gross accounts  receivable. At December 31,
1994, the outstanding  accounts receivable  balance from one  customer was  $3.1
million or 15% of gross accounts receivable. At December 31, 1995, the customers
with the ten highest
    

                                      F-23
<PAGE>
   
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    

   
(12) OTHER MATTERS (CONTINUED)
    
   
outstanding  accounts receivable balances totaled $47.1  million or 43% of gross
accounts receivable. At December 31,  1995, the outstanding accounts  receivable
balance from one customer was $15.2 million or 14% of gross accounts receivable.
If  any one or a group of  these customers' receivable balances should be deemed
uncollectible, it would have a material adverse effect on the Company's  results
of operations and financial condition.
    

   
    PURCHASES FROM RELATED PARTIES
    

   
    The  Company  purchased  inventory  items  totaling  $372,000,  $398,000 and
$1,130,000 for the years ended December  31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,  respectively,
from a vendor having a common director with the Company.
    

   
    NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTIES
    

   
    In  September 1993,  the Company  loaned an  executive officer approximately
$679,000 as part of the officer's severance  package; a portion of the loan  was
used  by the  executive to exercise  stock options.  This amount of  the loan is
included in notes receivable from shareholders in the accompanying  consolidated
balance sheet at December 31, 1994. The Company received a note from the officer
which  bore interest  at an  annual rate of  4.5% and  was payable  in two equal
annual installments of  $340,000 which were  due on or  before January 1995  and
January  1996. The  note was  with full recourse  and was  collateralized by the
stock purchased. The  loan was  paid in full  with accrued  interest during  the
first quarter of 1995.
    

   
    In  January 1995, the Company loaned another executive officer approximately
$283,000 as part of the officer's severance  package. A portion of the loan  was
used  by the executive  to exercise stock  options. The Company  received a note
from the officer which bore interest at an annual rate of 7.75% and was  payable
in  full on  or before  January 1996. The  note was  with full  recourse and was
collateralized by the stock  purchased. The loan was  paid in full with  accrued
interest during the second quarter of 1995.
    

   
(13) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    

   
    REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
    

   
    In  January 1996,  the Company  entered into  a $6  million revolving credit
facility with First Security Bank  of Utah, N.A. The  line matures on April  12,
1996  and  bears interest  at prime  plus  2%. Interest  is payable  monthly and
principal is due at maturity. The facility is secured by accounts receivable and
inventory subject to a priority lien by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. In addition,  the
agreement prohibits the payment of certain bonuses until the facility expires or
is paid in full.
    

                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

    The  following table sets forth the  various expenses in connection with the
sale and  distribution  of  the  securities being  registered,  other  than  the
underwriting  discounts and commissions. All  amounts shown are estimates except
for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the NASD  filing
fee.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
SEC Registration Fee..............................................................  $  34,048
NASD Filing Fee...................................................................     10,374
Nasdaq Listing Fee................................................................     17,500
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses........................................................     15,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses......................................................    100,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................................    250,000
Printing, Engraving and Mailing Expenses..........................................    125,000
Miscellaneous.....................................................................     23,078
                                                                                    ---------
Total.............................................................................  $ 575,000
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    Under  Article Sixth of the  Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and Article Fifth of  the Company's By-Laws,  each person who  is a director  or
officer  of the Company shall  be indemnified by the  Company to the full extent
permitted by Section 145  of the General Corporation  Law of Delaware  ("Section
145").

    Section 145 provides a detailed statutory framework covering indemnification
of  directors  and officers  of liabilities  and expenses  arising out  of legal
proceedings brought  against  them by  reason  of  their status  or  service  as
directors  or officers. This  section provides that  a director or  officer of a
corporation (i) shall be indemnified by the corporation for all expenses of such
legal proceedings when he is successful  on the merits, (ii) may be  indemnified
by  the  corporation for  the  expenses, judgments,  fines  and amounts  paid in
settlement of such proceedings (other than a derivative suit), even if he is not
successful on  the  merits, if  he  acted  in good  faith  and in  a  manner  he
reasonably  believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of the
corporation (and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable  cause
to  believe  his conduct  was unlawful),  and  (iii) may  be indemnified  by the
corporation for expenses of a derivative suit (a suit by a shareholder  alleging
a breach by a director or officer of a duty owed to the corporation), even if he
is  not successful on the merits,  if he acted in good  faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of  the
corporation.  No indemnification may be made  under clause (iii) above, however,
if the director or  officer is adjudged liable  for negligence or misconduct  in
the  performance of  his duties  to the  corporation, unless  a court determines
that, despite such adjudication and in view  of all of the circumstances, he  is
entitled  to indemnification. The indemnification  described in clauses (ii) and
(iii) above may be made only upon a determination that indemnification is proper
because the applicable standard  of conduct has been  met. Such a  determination
may  be made by a  majority of a quorum  of disinterested directors, independent
legal counsel  or  the  stockholders.  The  board  of  directors  may  authorize
advancing  litigation  expenses to  a  director or  officer  upon receipt  of an
undertaking by  such  director  or officer  to  repay  such expenses  if  it  is
ultimately determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified for them.

    The  Company has  entered into indemnification  agreements with  each of its
directors which  supplement or  clarify the  statutory indemnity  provisions  of
Section  145 in the following respects: (i) the presumption that the director or
officer met  the  applicable  standard  of  conduct  is  established,  (ii)  the
advancement  of litigation expenses is provided  upon request if the director or
officer agrees to  repay them  if it  is ultimately  determined that  he is  not
entitled to indemnification for them, (iii) indemnity is explicitly provided for
settlements  of derivative actions, (iv) the director or officer is permitted to
petition a court to determine whether his actions met the standard required, and
(v) partial  indemnification is  permitted in  the event  that the  director  or
officer is not entitled to full indemnification.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    As  permitted by Section 145, the  Company has purchased a general liability
insurance policy which covers certain  liabilities of directors and officers  of
the  Company arising out of claims based  on acts or omissions in their capacity
as directors or officers and for which they are not indemnified by the Company.

    Under the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 hereto, the Underwriters
are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify directors and  officers
of  the  Company against  certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act").

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<C>          <S>
        1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
        4.1  Certificate of Incorporation.
        4.2  By-Laws.
        4.3  Rights Agreement between the Company and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent, dated July
              28, 1989.
        5    Opinion of Hale and Dorr.
       23.1  Consent of Hale and Dorr.
       23.2  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
       24    Powers of Attorney.
       27    Financial Data Schedule
       99    Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (including report of Arthur Andersen LLP)
</TABLE>
    

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

    The  Company  hereby  undertakes  that,  for  purposes  of  determining  any
liability  under the Securities Act, each  filing of the Company's annual report
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d)  of the Exchange Act (and, where  applicable,
each  filing of  an employee  benefit plan's  annual report  pursuant to Section
15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act)  that  is  incorporated  by  reference  in   this
Registration  Statement  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein  and the offering of such  securities
at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
Corporation  pursuant  to the  indemnification  provisions described  herein, or
otherwise, the Company has  been advised that in  the opinion of the  Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the  event
that  a  claim  for indemnification  against  such liabilities  (other  than the
payment by the Company of  expenses incurred or paid  by a director, officer  or
controlling  person of the Company in the successful defense of any action, suit
or proceeding) is asserted  by such director, officer  or controlling person  in
connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the
opinion  of its  counsel the matter  has been settled  by controlling precedent,
submit to  a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is  against public policy as  expressed in the Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1) For purposes of  determining any liability under  the Securities Act  of
1933,  the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in  reliance upon Rule  430A and contained  in a form  of
prospectus  filed by the Registrant pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the  Securities  Act shall  be  deemed to  be  part of  this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)  For purposes of  determining any liability under  the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall  be
deemed  to be  a new registration  statement relating to  the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to  be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies that  it  has  reasonable grounds  to  believe  it meets  all  of  the
requirements  for filing on  Form S-3 and  has duly caused  this Amendment to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the  Town
of Roy and State of Utah on the 30th day of January, 1996.
    

   
                                          IOMEGA CORPORATION
                                          By:        /s/ LEONARD C. PURKIS
                                          --------------------------------------
                                             Leonard C. Purkis
                                             Senior Vice President, Finance,
    
   
                                             Chief Financial Officer and
                                          Treasurer
    

   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated below
on the 30th day of January, 1996.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                                   TITLE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------

<C>                                                     <S>
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive
                    Kim B. Edwards                      officer)

                      /s/ LEONARD C. PURKIS             Senior Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer
     -------------------------------------------        and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting
                  Leonard C. Purkis                     officer)

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Chairman of the Board of Directors
                    David J. Dunn

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                 Willem H.J. Andersen

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                 Robert P. Berkowitz

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Anthony L. Craig

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Michael J. Kucha

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                    John R. Myers
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  John E. Nolan, Jr.

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
            The Honorable John E. Sheehan

*By:          /s/ LEONARD C. PURKIS
    --------------------------------------
    Leonard C. Purkis
    Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                                   DESCRIPTION
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
   1       Form of Underwriting Agreement
   4.1     Certificate of Incorporation
   4.2**   By-laws
   4.3***  Rights Agreement between the Company and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent, dated July
            28, 1989
   5*      Opinion of Hale and Dorr
  23.1*    Consent of Hale and Dorr (included in Exhibit 5)
  23.2     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  24*      Powers of Attorney
  27       Financial Data Schedule
  99       Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (including report of Arthur Andersen LLP)
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
   
* Previously filed
    
** Incorporated  by reference from  the Company's Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q
   for the quarter ended July 4, 1993.
*** Incorporated by  reference from  the Company's  Current Report  on Form  8-K
dated July 28, 1989.

<PAGE>

                               IOMEGA CORPORATION

                               5,250,000 Shares(1)

                                  Common Stock


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                            , 1996
                               -------------


HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
MONTGOMERY SECURITIES
As Representatives of the Several Underwriters
c/o Hambrecht & Quist LLC
One Bush Street
San Francisco, CA 94104

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Iomega Corporation, a Delaware corporation (herein called the "Company'),
proposes to issue and sell 5,250,000 shares of its authorized but unissued
Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value (herein called the "Common Stock") (said
5,250,000 shares of Common Stock being herein called the "Underwritten Stock").
The Company proposes to grant to the "Underwriters" (as hereinafter defined) an
option to purchase up to 787,500 additional shares of Common Stock (herein
called the "Option Stock" and with the Underwritten Stock herein collectively
called the "Stock").  The Common Stock is more fully described in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus hereinafter mentioned.

     The Company hereby confirms the agreements made with respect to the
purchase of the Stock by the several underwriters, for whom you are acting,
named in Schedule I hereto (herein collectively called the Underwriters, which
term shall also include any underwriter purchasing Stock pursuant to Section
3(b) hereof).  You represent and warrant that you have been authorized by each
of the other Underwriters to enter into this Agreement on its behalf and to act
for it in the manner herein provided.

     1.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  The Company has filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (herein called the "Commission") a registration statement on
Form S-3 (No. 33-64995), including the related preliminary prospectus, for the
registration under the

- -----------------------

(1)  Plus an option to purchase form the Company up to 787,500 additional shares
     to cover over-allotments.

<PAGE>

Securities Act of 1933, as amended (herein called the "Securities Act"), of the
Stock.  Copies of such registration statement and of each amendment thereto, if
any, including the related preliminary prospectus (meeting the requirements of
Rule 430A of the rules and regulations of the Commission) heretofore filed by
the Company with the Commission have been delivered to you.

     The term Registration Statement as used in this Agreement shall mean such
registration statement, including all documents incorporated by reference
therein and all exhibits and financial statements and all information omitted
therefrom in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the Prospectus referred to
below, in the form in which it became effective, and any registration statement
filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the rules and regulations of the Commission
with respect to the Stock (herein called a 462(b) registration statement), and
in the event of any amendment thereto after the effective date of such
registration statement (herein called the "Effective Date"), shall also mean
(from and after the effectiveness of such amendment) such registration statement
as so amended (including any Rule 462(b) registration statement).  The term
"Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean the prospectus, including the
documents incorporated by reference therein, relating to the Stock first filed
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A (or, if no such filing
is required, as included in the Registration Statement) and, in the event of any
supplement or amendment to such prospectus after the Effective Date, shall also
mean (from and after the filing with the Commission of such supplement or the
effectiveness of such amendment) such prospectus as so supplemented or amended.
The term "Preliminary Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean each
preliminary prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference
therein, included in such registration statement prior to the time it becomes
effective.

     The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities
Act, and no post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been
filed as of the date of this Agreement.  The Company has caused to be delivered
to you copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and has consented to the use of
such copies for the purposes permitted by the Securities Act.

     2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

     (a)  The Company hereby represents and warrants as follows:

          (i)  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as
a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has full
corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its
business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and as
being conducted, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good
standing in all jurisdictions in which the character of the property owned or
leased or the nature of the business transacted by it makes qualification
necessary (except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material
adverse effect on


                                        2
<PAGE>

the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of
operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as whole (a
"Material Adverse Effect")).

          (ii)   The Company owns all of the shares of capital stock of each
subsidiary of the Company, and each of the Company's subsidiaries has been duly
incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has full corporate power and
authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and as being conducted, and is
duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing in all
jurisdictions in which the character of the property owned or leased or the
nature of the business transacted by it makes qualification necessary except
where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (iii)  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any materially
adverse change in the business, properties, financial condition or results of
operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business,
other than as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and
since such dates, except in the ordinary course of business, neither the Company
nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any material transaction not
referred to in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

          (iv)   The Commission has not issued any order preventing or
suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus relating to the proposed
offering of the Stock nor instituted or, to the best knowledge of the Company,
after due inquiry, threatened instituting proceedings for that purpose.  The
Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply, and on the Closing Date (as
hereinafter defined) and any later date on which Option Stock is to be
purchased, the Prospectus will comply, in all material respects, with the
provisions of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (herein called the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder.  On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state
any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make
the statements therein not misleading; and, on the Effective Date the Prospectus
did not and, on the Closing Date and any later date on which Option Stock is to
be purchased, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that none of the representations and warranties in this
subparagraph (iv) shall apply to statements in, or omissions from, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information herein or otherwise furnished in writing to the Company by or
on behalf of the Underwriters for use in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus.

          (v)    The Stock is duly and validly authorized, is (or, in the case
of shares of the Stock to be sold by the Company, will be, when issued and sold
to the Underwriters as provided


                                        3
<PAGE>


herein) duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and conforms to
the description thereof in the Prospectus.  No further approval or authority of
the stockholders or the Board of Directors of the Company will be required for
the issuance and sale of the Stock as contemplated herein.  The authorized
capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description
thereof contained in the Prospectus.  The shares of Common Stock outstanding
prior to the issuance of the Underwritten Stock and, if any, the Option Stock
have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

          (vi)   Prior to the Closing Date, the Stock to be issued and sold by
the Company will be authorized for listing on the Nasdaq National Market (herein
called "NNM") upon official notice of issuance.

          (vii)  Except as specifically disclosed in the Registration Statement,
and except for options to purchase not more than an aggregate of
_________ shares of Common Stock granted to the Company's employees, directors
or consultants in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the date as of
which stock option data is presented in the Registration Statement, the Company
does not have outstanding any options to purchase, or any preemptive rights, or
other rights to subscribe or to purchase or rights of co-sale, any securities or
obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell
or register for sale, shares of its capital stock or any such options, rights,
convertible securities or obligations.

          (viii) The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company,
together with related notes and schedules as set forth in the Registration
Statement ("Financial Statements"), present fairly the financial position and
the results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
at the indicated dates and for the indicated periods.  The Financial Statements
have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
consistently applied through the period involved, and all adjustments necessary
for a fair presentation of results for such periods have been made.  The
selected and summary financial data and the tables set forth under "Results of
Operations" and "Selected Quarterly Operating Results" in the Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
section, included in the Registration Statement, present fairly the information
shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with the audited
financial statements presented in the Registration Statement.

          (ix)   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation
or default under any provision of its charter documents or bylaws, as currently
in effect, or any indenture, license, mortgage, lease, franchise, permit, deed
of trust or other agreement or instrument to which such corporation is a party
or by which such corporation or any of its properties is bound or may be
affected, except where such violation or default would not have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          (x)    The Company has full legal right, power and authority to enter
into this Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated hereby.  This
Agreement has been duly


                                        4
<PAGE>


authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding
agreement on the part of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder may be limited by
applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally, or by general equitable principles.  The
execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions herein contemplated do not and will not: (i) conflict with, or
result in a breach of, or violation of, any of the terms or provisions of, or
constitute, either by itself or upon notice or the passage of time or both, a
default under, any indenture, license, mortgage, lease, franchise, permit, deed
of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its
subsidiaries is a party or by which any such corporation or any of its
properties is bound or may be affected, except where such breach, violation or
default would not have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) violate any of the
provisions of the charter documents or bylaws of any such corporation, except
where such violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) violate
any material order, judgment, statute, rule or regulation applicable to any such
corporation or of any regulatory, administrative or governmental body or agency
having jurisdiction over any such corporation or any of its properties, except
where such violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (xi)   Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there is not any pending
or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding
against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective
officers or any of their properties, assets or rights before any court or
governmental agency or body or otherwise which (i) might have a Material Adverse
Effect, or (ii) might prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby or (iii) is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement; and
there are no contracts or documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
that are required to be described in the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits
to the Registration Statement which have not been fairly and accurately
described in all material respects in the Prospectus and filed as exhibits to
the Registration Statement.  The contracts so described in the Prospectus are in
full force and effect on the date hereof; and neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries nor, to the Company's knowledge any other party, is in breach of or
default under any of such contracts.

          (xii)  Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company owns or
possesses adequate rights to use all patents, patent rights, inventions, trade
secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights
described or referred to in the Prospectus as owned or used by it or which are
necessary for the conduct of its businesses as described in the Prospectus; the
Company has not received any notice of, and the Company has no knowledge of, any
infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any
patent, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service
marks, trade names or copyrights which, singly or in the aggregate, might
reasonably have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (xiii) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or
indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause
or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Stock to
facilitate the sale or resale of the Stock.


                                        5
<PAGE>

     3.   PURCHASE OF THE STOCK BY THE UNDERWRITERS.

     (a)  On the basis of the representations and warranties and subject to the
terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell
5,250,000 shares of the Underwritten Stock to the several Underwriters and each
of the Underwriters agrees to purchase from the Company the respective aggregate
number of shares of Stock set forth opposite its name in Schedule I.  The price
at which such shares of Underwritten Stock shall be sold by the Company and
purchased by the several Underwriters shall be $___ per share.  The obligation
of each Underwriter to the Company shall be to purchase from the Company that
number of shares of the Underwritten Stock set forth opposite the name of such
Underwriter in Schedule I hereto.  In making this Agreement, each Underwriter is
contracting severally and not jointly; except as provided in paragraphs (b) and
(c) of this Section 3, the agreement of each Underwriter is to purchase only the
respective number of shares of the Underwritten Stock specified in Schedule I.

     (b)  If for any reason one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse
(otherwise than for a reason sufficient to justify the termination of this
Agreement under the provisions of Section 8 or 9 hereof) to purchase and pay for
the number of shares of the Stock agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or
Underwriters, the Company shall immediately give notice thereof to you, and the
non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the right within 24 hours after the
receipt by you of such notice to purchase, or procure one or more other
Underwriters to purchase, in such proportions as may be agreed upon between you
and such purchasing Underwriter or Underwriters and upon the terms herein set
forth, all or any part of the shares of the Stock which such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase.  If the non-defaulting
Underwriters fail so to make such arrangements with respect to all such shares,
the number of shares of the Stock which each non-defaulting Underwriter is
otherwise obligated to purchase under this Agreement shall be automatically
increased on a pro rata basis to absorb the remaining shares which the
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the non-defaulting Underwriters shall not be obligated to purchase the
shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase if
the aggregate number of such shares of the Stock exceeds 10% of the total number
of shares of the Stock which all Underwriters agreed to purchase hereunder.  If
the total number of shares of the Stock which the defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed to purchase shall not be purchased or absorbed in accordance
with the two preceding sentences, the Company shall have the right, within 24
hours next succeeding the 24-hour period above referred to, to make arrangements
with other underwriters or purchasers satisfactory to you for purchase of such
shares on the terms herein set forth.  In any such case, either you or the
Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date determined as provided
in Section 5 hereof for not more than seven business days after the date
originally fixed as the Closing Date pursuant to said Section 5 in order that
any necessary changes in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any other
documents or arrangements may be made.  If neither the non-defaulting
Underwriters nor the Company shall make arrangements within the 24 hour periods
stated above for the purchase of all the shares of the Stock which the
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase hereunder, this


                                        6
<PAGE>


Agreement shall be terminated without further act or deed and without any
liability on the part of the Company to any non-defaulting Underwriter and
without any liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter to the
Company.  Nothing in this paragraph (b), and no action taken hereunder, shall
relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of
such Underwriter under this Agreement.

     (c)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants herein
contained, and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company
grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not
jointly, up to 787,500 shares of Option Stock from the Company at the same price
per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Underwritten Stock.  Said option
may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Underwritten
Stock by the Underwriters and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time
(but not more than once) on or before the thirtieth day after the date of this
Agreement upon written or telegraphic notice by you to the Company setting forth
the aggregate number of shares of the Option Stock as to which the several
Underwriters are exercising the option.  Delivery of certificates for the shares
of Option Stock and payment therefor shall be made as provided in Section 5
hereof.  The number of shares of the Option Stock to be purchased by each
Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the
Option Stock to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is
purchasing of the Underwritten Stock as adjusted by you in such manner as you
deem advisable to avoid fractional shares.

     4.   OFFERING BY UNDERWRITERS.

     (a)  The terms of the public offering by the Underwriters of the Stock to
be purchased by them shall be as set forth in the Prospectus.  The Underwriters
may from time to time change the public offering price after the closing of the
public offering and increase or decrease the concessions and discounts to
dealers as they may determine.

     (b)  The information set forth in the last paragraph on the front cover
page and under "Underwriting" in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary
Prospectus and the Prospectus relating to the Stock filed by the Company
(insofar as such information relates to the Underwriters or the terms and
conditions upon which they will sell the Stock) constitutes the only information
furnished by the Underwriters to the Company for inclusion in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, and the Prospectus, and you on behalf of
the respective Underwriters represent and warrant to the Company that the
statements made therein are correct.


                                        7
<PAGE>

     5.   DELIVERY OF AND PAYMENT FOR THE STOCK.

     (a)  Delivery of certificates for the shares of the Underwritten Stock and
the Option Stock (if the option granted by Section 3(c) hereof shall have been
exercised not later than 7:00 A.M., California time, on the date two business
days preceding the Closing Date), and payment therefor, shall be made at the
office of ______________________________________, at 7:00 A.M., California time,
on the fourth business day after the date of this Agreement, or at such time on
such other day, not later than seven full business days after such fourth
business day, as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Company and you.  The
date and hour of such delivery and payment (which may be postponed as provided
in Section 3(b) hereof) are herein called the Closing Date.

     (b)  If the option granted by Section 3(c) hereof shall be exercised after
7:00 A.M., California time, on the date two business days preceding the Closing
Date, delivery of certificates for the shares of Option Stock, and payment
therefor, shall be made at the office of
__________________________________________________________________, at
7:00 A.M., California time, on the third business day after the exercise of such
option.

     (c)  Payment for the stock purchased from the Company shall be made to the
Company or its order by one or more certified or official bank check or checks
in next day funds (and the Company agrees not to deposit any such check in the
bank on which drawn until the day following the date of its delivery to the
Company).  Such payment shall be made upon delivery of certificates for the
Stock to you for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against
receipt therefor signed by you.  Certificates for the Stock to be delivered to
you shall be registered in such name or names and shall be in such denominations
as you may request at least two business days before the Closing Date, in the
case of Underwritten Stock, and at least two business days prior to the purchase
thereof, in the case of the Option Stock.  Such certificates will be made
available to the Underwriters for inspection, checking and packaging at the
offices of Lewco Securities Corporation, 2 Broadway, New York, New York, 100004
not less than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of
the Option Stock, by 3:00 p.m., New York time, on the business day preceding the
date of purchase.

     It is understood that you, individually and not on the behalf of the
Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment to the Company
for shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose check shall not have been
received by you on the Closing Date or on any later date on which Option Stock
is purchased for the account of such Underwriter.  Any such payment by you shall
not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations hereunder.


                                        8
<PAGE>

     6.   FURTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.

     The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

     (a)  The Company will (i) prepare and timely file with the Commission under
Rule 424(b) a Prospectus containing information previously omitted at the time
of effectiveness of the Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 430A and (ii)
not file any amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the
Prospectus of which you shall not previously have been advised and furnished
with a copy or to which you shall have reasonably objected in writing or which
is not in compliance with the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the
Commission.

     (b)  The Company will promptly notify the Representatives in the event of
(i) the request by the Commission for amendment of the Registration Statement or
for supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (ii) the
issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement, (iii) the institution or notice of intended institution
of any action or proceeding for that purpose, (iv) the receipt by the Company of
any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the
Stock for sale in any jurisdiction, or (v) the receipt by it of notice of the
initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.  The Company will
make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of such a stop order and,
if such an order shall at any time be issued, to obtain the withdrawal thereof
at the earliest possible moment.

     (c)  The Company will (i) on or before the Closing Date, deliver to you a
signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each
amendment thereto filed prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes
effective and, promptly upon the filing thereof, a signed copy of each post-
effective amendment, if any, to the Registration Statement (together with, in
each case, all exhibits thereto unless previously furnished to you) and will
also deliver to you, for distribution to the Underwriters, a sufficient number
of additional conformed copies of each of the foregoing (but without exhibits)
so that one copy of each may be distributed to each Underwriter, (ii) as
promptly as possible deliver to you and send to the several Underwriters, at
such office or offices as you may designate, as many copies of the Prospectus as
you may reasonably request, and (iii) thereafter from time to time during the
period in which a prospectus is required by law to be delivered by an
Underwriter or dealer, likewise send to the Underwriters as many additional
copies of the Prospectus and as many copies of any supplement to the Prospectus
and of any amended Prospectus, filed by the Company with the Commission, as you
may reasonably request for the purposes contemplated by the Securities Act.

     (d)  If at any time during the period in which a prospectus is required by
law to be delivered by an Underwriter or dealer any event relating to or
affecting the Company, or of which the Company shall be advised in writing by
you, shall occur as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel
for the Company or of counsel for the Underwriters, to


                                        9
<PAGE>


supplement or amend the Prospectus in order to make the Prospectus not
misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is
delivered to a purchaser of the Stock, the Company will forthwith prepare and
file with the Commission a supplement to the Prospectus or an amended Prospectus
so that the Prospectus as so supplemented or amended will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing
at the time such Prospectus is delivered to such purchaser, not misleading.  If,
after the public offering of the Stock by the Underwriters and during such
period, the Underwriters shall propose to vary the terms of offering thereof by
reason of changes in general market conditions or otherwise, you will advise the
Company in writing of the proposed variation, and, if in the opinion either of
counsel for the Company or of counsel for the Underwriters such proposed
variation requires that the Prospectus be supplemented or amended, the Company
will forthwith prepare and file with the Commission a supplement to the
Prospectus or an amended Prospectus setting forth such variation.  The Company
authorizes the Underwriters and all dealers to whom any of the Stock may be sold
by the several Underwriters to use the Prospectus, as from time to time amended
or supplemented, in connection with the sale of the Stock in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and
regulations thereunder for such period.

     (e)  Prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, the Company will
submit to you, for your information, a copy of any post-effective amendment to
the Registration Statement and any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended
Prospectus proposed to be filed.

     (f)  The Company will cooperate, when and as requested by you, in the
qualification of the Stock for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky
laws of such jurisdictions as you may designate and, during the period in which
a prospectus is required by law to be delivered by an Underwriter or dealer, in
keeping such qualifications in good standing under said securities or blue sky
laws; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any
general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in
any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified.  The Company will from time to
time, prepare and file such statements, reports, and other documents as are or
may be required to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a period
as you may reasonably request for distribution of the Stock.

     (g)  During a period of five years commencing with the date hereof, the
Company will furnish to you, and to each Underwriter who may so request in
writing, copies of all periodic and special reports furnished to stockholders of
the Company and of all information, documents and reports filed with Commission.

     (h)  Not later than the 45th day following the end of the fiscal quarter
first occurring after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, the Company
will make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement in
accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.


                                       10
<PAGE>


     (i)  The Company agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including all costs and
expenses incident to (i) the preparation, printing and filing with the
Commission and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") of
the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, (ii)
the furnishing to the Underwriters of copies of any Preliminary Prospectus and
of the several documents required by paragraph (c) of this Section 6 to be so
furnished, (iii) the printing of this Agreement and related documents delivered
to the Underwriters, (iv) the preparation, printing and filing of all
supplements and amendments to the Prospectus referred to in paragraph (d) of
this Section 6, (v) the furnishing to you and the Underwriters of the reports
and information referred to in paragraph (g) of this Section 6 and (vi) the
printing and issuance of stock certificates, including the transfer agent's
fees.

     (j)   The Company agrees to reimburse you, for the account of the several
Underwriters, for blue sky fees and related disbursements (including counsel
fees and disbursements and cost of printing memoranda for the Underwriters) paid
by or for the account of the Underwriters or their counsel in qualifying the
Stock under state securities or blue sky laws and in the review of the offering
by the NASD.

     (k)  The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of
Hambrecht & Quist LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the
period ending ninety (90) days after the date of the final Prospectus for the
public offering, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (2) enter into any swap or
similar agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of
ownership of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1)
or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other
securities, in cash or otherwise; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the foregoing
provisions of this paragraph (k) shall not apply to (a) the Stock to be sold to
the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, and (b) shares of Common Stock
issued under the stock option and stock purchase plans of the Company (the
"Stock Plans"), including Common Stock issued upon the exercise of options
granted under the Stock Plans, all as described through incorporation by
reference in the Preliminary Prospectus.  For purposes of this paragraph (k), a
sale, offer, or other disposition shall be deemed to include any sale to an
institution which can, following such sale, sell Common Stock to the public in
reliance on Rule 144A.

     (l)  The Company is familiar with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, and has in the past conducted its affairs, and will in the future
conduct its affairs, in such a manner to ensure that the Company was not and
will not be an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment
company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     7.   INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

     (a)  Subject to the provisions of paragraph (f) of this Section 7, the
Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person
(including each partner or officer thereof) who controls any Underwriter within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act from and against any and all
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such
indemnified parties or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act,
the Exchange Act, or the common law or otherwise, and the Company agrees to
reimburse each such Underwriter and controlling person for any legal or other
expenses (including, except as otherwise hereinafter provided, reasonable fees
and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the respective indemnified parties in
connection with defending against any such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities or in connection with any investigation or inquiry of, or other
proceeding which may be brought against, the respective indemnified parties, in
each case arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement
(including the Prospectus as part thereof and any Rule 462(b) registration
statement) or any post-effective amendment thereto (including any Rule 462(b)
registration statement), or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (as
amended or as supplemented if the Company shall have filed with the Commission
any amendment thereof or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission
to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (A) the indemnity agreements of the Company
contained in this paragraph (a) shall not apply to any such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses if such statement or omission was made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished as herein stated or
otherwise furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter
expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and (B) the
indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph (a) with respect to any
Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from
whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses purchased the Stock which is the subject thereof (or to the benefit of
any person controlling such Underwriter) if at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of such Stock a copy of the Prospectus (or the
Prospectus as amended or supplemented) was not sent or delivered to such person
(excluding the documents incorporated therein by reference) and the untrue
statement or omission of a material fact contained in such Preliminary
Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus (or the Prospectus as amended or
supplemented) unless the failure is the result of noncompliance by the Company
with this Agreement.  The indemnity agreements of the Company contained in this
paragraph (a) and the representations and warranties of the Company contained in
Section 2 hereof shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless
of any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall
survive the delivery of and payment for the Stock.


                                       12
<PAGE>


     (b)  Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company, each of its officers who signs the Registration Statement on his own
behalf or pursuant to a power of attorney, each of its directors, each other
Underwriter and each person (including each partner or officer thereof) who
controls the Company or any such other Underwriter within the meaning of Section
15 of the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, to which such indemnified parties or any of them
may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or the common law
or otherwise and to reimburse each of them for any legal or other expenses
(including, except as otherwise hereinafter provided, reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel) incurred by the respective indemnified parties in
connection with defending against any such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities or in connection with any investigation or inquiry of, or other
proceeding which may be brought against, the respective indemnified parties, in
each case arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement
(including the Prospectus as part thereof and any Rule 462(b) registration
statement) or any post-effective amendment thereto (including any Rule 462(b)
registration statement) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (as
amended or as supplemented if the Company shall have filed with the Commission
any amendment thereof or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission
to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished as herein stated or otherwise furnished in
writing to the Company by or on behalf of such indemnifying Underwriter
expressly for use in the Registration Statement or in any Preliminary Prospectus
or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto.  The
indemnity agreement of each Underwriter contained in this paragraph (b) shall
remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
made by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the delivery of
and payment for the Stock.

     (c)  Each party indemnified under the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b)
of this Section 7 agrees that, upon the service of a summons or other initial
legal process upon it in any action or suit instituted against it or upon its
receipt of written notification of the commencement of any investigation or
inquiry of, or  proceeding against, it in respect of which indemnity may be
sought on account of any indemnity agreement contained in such paragraphs, it
will promptly give written notice (herein called the Notice) of such service or
notification to the party or parties from whom indemnification may be sought
hereunder.  No indemnification provided for in such paragraphs shall be
available to any party who shall fail so to give the Notice if the party to whom
such Notice was not given was unaware of the action, suit, investigation,
inquiry or proceeding to which the Notice would have related and was prejudiced
by the failure to give the Notice, but the omission so to notify such
indemnifying party or parties of any such service or notification shall not
relieve such indemnifying party or parties from any liability which it or they
may have to the indemnified party for contribution or otherwise than on account
of such


                                       13
<PAGE>


indemnity agreement.  Any indemnifying party shall be entitled at its own
expense to participate in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding against,
or investigation or inquiry of, an indemnified party.  Any indemnifying party
shall be entitled, if it so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of the
Notice by giving written notice (herein called the Notice of Defense) to the
indemnified party, to assume (alone or in conjunction with any other
indemnifying party or parties) the entire defense of such action, suit,
investigation, inquiry or proceeding, in which event such defense shall be
conducted, at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties, by counsel
chosen by such indemnifying party or parties and reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified party or parties; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) if the indemnified
party or parties reasonably determine that there may be a conflict between the
positions of the indemnifying party or parties and of the indemnified party or
parties in conducting the defense of such action, suit, investigation, inquiry
or proceeding or that there may be legal defenses available to such indemnified
party or parties different from or in addition to those available to the
indemnifying party or parties, then one counsel for the indemnified party or
parties shall be entitled to conduct the defense of the indemnified party or
parties to the extent reasonably determined by such counsel to be necessary to
protect the interests of the indemnified party or parties and (ii) in any event,
the indemnified party or parties shall be entitled to have counsel chosen by
such indemnified party or parties participate in, but not conduct, the defense.
If, within a reasonable time after receipt of the Notice, an indemnifying party
gives a Notice of Defense and the counsel chosen by the indemnifying party or
parties is reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or parties, the
indemnifying party or parties will not be liable under paragraphs (a) through
(c) of this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by
the indemnified party or parties in connection with the defense of the action,
suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding, except that (A) the indemnifying
party or parties shall bear the legal and other expenses incurred in connection
with the conduct of the defense as referred to in clause (i) of the proviso to
the preceding sentence and (B) the indemnifying party or parties shall bear such
other expenses as it or they have authorized to be incurred by the indemnified
party or parties.  If, within a reasonable time after receipt of the Notice, no
Notice of Defense has been given, the indemnifying party or parties shall be
responsible for any legal or other expenses incurred by the indemnified party or
parties in connection with the defense of the action, suit, investigation,
inquiry or proceeding.

     (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable
or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under paragraph (a) or (b)
of this Section 7, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such
indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 (i) in such proportion as
is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by each indemnifying
party from the offering of the Stock or (ii) if the allocation provided by
clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i)
above but also the relative fault of each indemnifying party in connection with
the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, or actions in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company on the
one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to


                                       14
<PAGE>


be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the
offering of the Stock received by the Company and the total underwriting
discount received by the Underwriters, as set forth in the table on the cover
page of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the
Stock.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by each indemnifying party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue
statement or omission.

     The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions
pursuant to this paragraph (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation
(even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable
considerations referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (d).  The
amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages
or liabilities, or actions in respect thereof, referred to in the first sentence
of this paragraph (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating,
preparing to defend or defending against any action or claim which is the
subject of this paragraph (d).  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph
(d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
underwriting discount applicable to the Stock purchased by such Underwriter.  No
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters'
obligations in this paragraph (d) to contribute are several in proportion to
their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

     Each party entitled to contribution agrees that upon the service of a
summons or other initial legal process upon it in any action instituted against
it in respect of which contribution may be sought, it will promptly give written
notice of such service to the party or parties from whom contribution may be
sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties of any such service
shall not relieve the party from whom contribution may be sought from any
obligation it may have hereunder or otherwise (except as specifically provided
in paragraph (c) of this Section 7).

     (e)  The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the
Representatives, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in
any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which
indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not an Underwriter or any
person who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act is a party to such claim,
action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent
includes an unconditional release of each Underwriter and each controlling
person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.


                                       15
<PAGE>


     8.   TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by you at any time
prior to the Closing Date by giving written notice to the Company if after the
date of this Agreement trading in the Common Stock shall have been suspended, or
if there shall have occurred (i) the engagement in hostilities or an escalation
of major hostilities by the United States or the declaration of war or a
national emergency by the United States on or after the date hereof, (ii) any
outbreak of hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis or
change in economic or political conditions if the effect of such outbreak
calamity, crisis or change in economic or political conditions in the financial
markets of the United States would, in the Underwriters' reasonable judgment,
make the offering or delivery of the Stock impracticable, (iii) suspension of
trading in securities generally or a material adverse decline in value of
securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock
Exchange, the NASD Automated Quotation System ("Nasdaq") or the NNM, or
limitations on prices (other than limitations on hours or numbers of days of
trading) for securities on either such exchange or system, (iv) the enactment,
publication, decree or other promulgation of any federal or state statute,
regulation, rule or order of, or commencement of any proceeding or investigation
by, any court, legislative body, agency or other governmental authority which in
the Underwriters' reasonable opinion materially and adversely affects or will
materially or adversely affect the business or operations of the Company, (v)
declaration of a banking moratorium by either federal or New York State
authorities or (vi) the taking of any action by any federal, state or local
government or agency in respect of its monetary or fiscal affairs which in the
Underwriters' reasonable opinion has a material adverse effect on the securities
markets in the United States.  If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to
this Section 8, there shall be no liability of the Company to the Underwriters
and no liability of the Underwriters to the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in
the event of any such termination the Company agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Underwriters from all costs or expenses incident to the performance
of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including all costs and
expenses referred to in paragraphs (i) and (j) of Section 6 hereof.

     9.   CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of the
several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Stock shall be subject to the
performance by the Company of its obligations to be performed hereunder at or
prior to the Closing Date or any later date on which Option Stock is to be
purchased, as the case may be, and to the following further conditions:

     (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective; and no stop
order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued and no
proceedings therefor shall be pending or threatened by the Commission.

     (b)  The legality and sufficiency of the sale of the Stock hereunder and
the validity and form of the certificates representing the Stock, all corporate
proceedings and other legal matters incident to the foregoing, and the form of
the Registration Statement and of the Prospectus (except as to the financial
statements contained therein), shall have been approved at or prior to


                                       16
<PAGE>


the Closing Date by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian,
LLP, counsel for the Underwriters ("GDSVF&H").

     (c)  You shall have received from Hale and Dorr, counsel for the Company,
and from Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris, patent counsel for the
Company, opinions, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the Closing Date,
covering the matters set forth in Annex A and Annex B hereto, respectively, and
if Option Stock is purchased at any date after the Closing Date, additional
opinions from each such counsel addressed to the Underwriters and dated such
later date, confirming that the statements expressed as of the Closing Date in
such opinions remain valid as of such later date.

     (d)  You shall be satisfied that (i) as of the Effective Date, the
statements made in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were true and
correct and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus omitted to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make the statements therein, respectively, not misleading, (ii) since the
Effective Date, no event has occurred which was required by law to have been set
forth in a supplement or amendment to the Prospectus which has not been set
forth in such a supplement or amendment, (iii) since the respective dates as of
which information is given in the Registration Statement in the form in which it
originally became effective and the Prospectus contained therein, there has not
been any material adverse change or any development involving a prospective
material adverse change in or affecting the business, properties, financial
condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company, whether or not
arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, and, since such
dates, except in the ordinary course of business, the Company has not entered
into any material transaction not referred to in the Registration Statement in
the form in which it originally became effective and the Prospectus contained
therein, (iv) the Company does not have any material contingent obligations
which are not disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (v)
there are not any pending or known threatened legal proceedings to which the
Company is a party or of which property of the Company is the subject which are
material and which are not disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, (vi) there are not any franchises, contracts, leases or other
documents which are required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement which have not been filed as required, (vii) the representations and
warranties of the Company herein are true and correct in all material respects
as of the Closing Date or any later date on which Option Stock is to be
purchased, as the case may be, and (viii) there has not been any material change
in the market for securities in general or in political, financial or economic
conditions from those reasonably foreseeable as to render it impracticable, in
your reasonable judgment, to make a public offering of the Stock or a material
adverse change in market levels for securities in general (or those of companies
in particular) or financial or economic conditions which render it inadvisable
to proceed.

     (e)  You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on
which Option Stock is purchased a certificate, dated the Closing Date or such
later date, as the case may be, and signed by the President and the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, on behalf of the


                                       17
<PAGE>


Company, stating that the respective signers of said certificate have carefully
examined the Registration Statement in the form in which it originally became
effective and the Prospectus contained therein and any supplements or amendments
thereto, and that the statements included in clauses (i) through (vii) of
paragraph (d) of this Section 9 are true and correct.

     (f)  You shall have received from Arthur Andersen LLP, a letter or letters,
addressed to the Underwriters and dated the Closing Date and any later date on
which Option Stock is purchased, confirming that they are independent public
accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act
and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder and based upon the
procedures described in their letter delivered to you concurrently with the
execution of this Agreement (herein called the Original Letter), but carried out
to a date not more than five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date or such
later date on which Option Stock is purchased (i) confirming, to the extent
true, that the statements and conclusions set forth in the Original Letter are
accurate as of the Closing Date or such later date, as the case may be, and (ii)
setting forth any revisions and additions to the statements and conclusions set
forth in the Original Letter which are necessary to reflect any changes in the
facts described in the Original Letter since the date of the Original Letter or
to reflect the availability of more recent financial statements, data or
information.  The letters shall not disclose any change, or any development
involving a prospective change, in or affecting the business or properties of
the Company which, in your reasonable judgment, makes it impractical or
inadvisable to proceed with the public offering of the Stock or the purchase of
the Option Stock as contemplated by the Prospectus.

     (g)  You shall have received from Arthur Andersen LLP a letter stating that
their review of the Company's system of internal accounting controls, to the
extent they deemed necessary in establishing the scope of their examination of
the Company's financial statements as at December 31, 1995, did not disclose any
weakness in internal controls that they considered to be material weaknesses.

     (h)  You shall have been furnished evidence in usual written or telegraphic
form from the appropriate authorities of the several jurisdictions, or other
evidence satisfactory to you, of the qualification referred to in paragraph (f)
of Section 6 hereof.

     (i)  Prior to the Closing Date, the Stock to be issued and sold by the
Company shall have been duly authorized for listing by the NNM upon official
notice of issuance.

     (j)  On or prior to the Closing Date, you shall have received from all
directors, and executive officers of the Company and Idanta Partners Ltd.
agreements in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives that such
stockholders will not, without the prior written consent of Hambrecht & Quist
LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, during the period ending ninety (90) days
after the date of the final Prospectus for the public offering, (1) offer,
pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to
purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or


                                       18
<PAGE>


exchangeable for Common Stock, or (2) enter into any swap or similar agreement
that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the
Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above
is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash
or otherwise, and whether any such transaction relates to Common Stock then
owned or thereafter acquired by such holder.

     All the agreements, opinions, certificates and letters mentioned above or
elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the
provisions hereof only if GDSVF&H, counsel for the Underwriters, shall be
reasonably satisfied that they comply in form and scope.

     In case any of the conditions specified in this Section 9 shall not be
fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by you by giving notice to the
Company.  Any such termination shall be without liability of the Company to the
Underwriters and without liability of the Underwriters to the Company; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that (i) in the event of such termination, the Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters from all costs or expenses incident
to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement,
including all costs and expenses referred to in paragraphs (i) and (j) of
Section 6 hereof, and (ii) if this Agreement is terminated by you because of any
refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any
agreement herein, to fulfill any of the conditions herein, or to comply with any
provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Underwriters,
the Company will reimburse the Underwriters severally upon demand for all
out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel)
that shall have been incurred by them in connection with transactions
contemplated hereby.

     10.  REIMBURSEMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES.  In addition to its other
obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to
reimburse on a quarterly basis the Underwriters for all reasonable legal and
other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any claim,
action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or based upon
any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission, described in
paragraph (a) of Section 7 of this Agreement, notwithstanding the absence of a
judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the obligations
under this Section 10 and the possibility that such payments might later be held
to be improper; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) to the extent any such payment is
ultimately held to be improper, the persons receiving such payments shall
promptly refund them, (ii) such persons shall provide to the Company, upon
request, reasonable assurances of their ability to effect any refund, when and
if due and (iii) such persons shall not be entitled to reimbursement under this
Section 10 if there shall have been a judicial determination or agreement among
the Company and such persons that they are not entitled to payment of their
reasonable legal expenses and other expenses pursuant to Section 7 of this
Agreement.

     11.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of the Company and the several Underwriters and, with respect to
the provisions of Section 7 hereof, the several parties (in addition to the
Company and the several Underwriters)


                                       19
<PAGE>


indemnified under the provisions of said Section 7, and their respective
personal representatives, successors and assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement is
intended or shall be construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation
any legal or equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or
any provision herein contained.  The term "successors and assigns" as herein
used shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Stock
from any of the several Underwriters.

     12.  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications
hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Underwriters, shall be mailed,
copied or delivered to Hambrecht & Quist LLC, One Bush Street, San Francisco,
California 94104, Attention:  Andrew Kahn (with a copy to the General Counsel);
and if to the Company, shall be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to it at its
office, Attention:  Kim B. Edwards or Leonard C. Purkis (with a copy to Hale and
Dorr, Attention:  Patrick Rondeau, Esq.).  All notices given by telegraph shall
be promptly confirmed by letter.

     13.  MISCELLANEOUS.  The reimbursement, indemnification and contribution
agreements contained in this Agreement and the representations, warranties and
covenants in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of
(a) any termination of this Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on
behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person thereof, or by or on behalf of
the Company or its respective directors or officers, and (c) delivery and
payment for the Stock under this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if this
Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing Date, the provisions of paragraph
(k) of Section 6 hereof shall be of no further force or effect.

     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.

     THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.


                                       20
<PAGE>

     Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this
letter, whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement among the Company
and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   IOMEGA CORPORATION


                                   By:
                                      ---------------------------
                                         Kim B. Edwards
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer

















The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first above written.

HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
MONTGOMERY SECURITIES
By Hambrecht & Quist LLC


By:
   -------------------------------------
       Managing Director

Acting on behalf of the several Underwriters,
including themselves, named in Schedule I hereto.


                                       21
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I

                                  UNDERWRITERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Underwriters                           Number of Shares
                         ------------                           ----------------
                                                                 to be Purchased
                                                                 ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Hambrecht & Quist LLC  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Montgomery Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       5,250,000
                                                                   -------------
                                                                   -------------
</TABLE>


                                       22
<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX A


Matters to be Covered in the Opinion of
Hale and Dorr
Counsel for the Company

     (i)    The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, is duly
qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing in ______________,
______________, ______________, and is so qualified and in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which, to its knowledge, the ownership or leasing of property
requires such qualification (except where the failure to be so qualified would
not have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, condition
(financial or otherwise) or results of operations or prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries taken as whole (a "Material Adverse Effect")), and has full
corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its
business as described in the Registration Statement;

     (ii)   The Company owns beneficially and of record all of the shares of
capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company, and each subsidiary of the
Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in
good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

     (iii)  The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of
5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, none of which are issued
and outstanding, and 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value, of
which there are issued and outstanding of record __________ shares (including
the Underwritten Stock plus the number of shares of Option Stock issued on the
date hereof); proper corporate proceedings have been taken validly to authorize
such authorized capital stock; all of the outstanding shares of such capital
stock (including the Underwritten Stock and the shares of Option Stock issued,
if any) have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable;
any Option Stock purchased after the Closing Date, when issued and delivered to
and paid for by the Underwriters as provided in the Underwriting Agreement, will
have been duly and validly issued and be fully paid and nonassessable; no
preemptive rights or rights of refusal exist with respect to the Stock, or the
issue and sale thereof, pursuant to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or
Bylaws of the Company; and, to the knowledge of such counsel, there are no
contractual preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or rights of co-sale
which exist with respect to the issue and sale of the Stock that have not been
waived.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and except for
options to purchase not more than an aggregate of _________ shares of Common
Stock granted to the Company's employees, directors or consultants subsequent to
the date as of which stock option data is presented in the Registration
Statement, to the knowledge of such counsel, the Company does not have
outstanding any options to purchase, or any other rights to subscribe for or to
purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or
commitments


                                       23
<PAGE>


to issue or sell shares of its capital stock or any such options, rights,
convertible securities or obligations;

     (iv)   The Registration Statement has become effective under the
Securities Act and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge after due inquiry,
no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or
suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus is in effect and no
proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or threatened
by the Commission.

     (v)    The Registration Statement at the Effective Date and the Prospectus
and each amendment and supplement thereto (except as to the financial statements
and schedules and other financial data contained therein, as to which such
counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with
the requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and with the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder;

     (vi)   The information required to be set forth in the Registration
Statement in answer to Items 9 and 10 (insofar as Item 10 relates to such
counsel) of Form S-3 is accurately and adequately set forth therein in all
material respects or no response is required with respect to such Items; the
statements (1) in the Prospectus under the captions "Business -- Legal
Proceedings," and "Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference" and (2) in
the Registration Statement in Items 14 and 15, in each case insofar as such
statements constitute summaries of legal matters, documents or proceedings
referred to therein, fairly and correctly present the information called for
with respect to such legal matters, documents and proceedings in all material
aspects; and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, the description of the
Company's stock option plans and the options granted and which may be granted
thereunder set forth or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus accurately
and fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect to said
plans and options to the extent required by the Securities Act and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder;

     (vii)  To counsel's knowledge, there are no franchises, contracts, leases,
documents or legal proceedings, pending or threatened, which in the opinion of
such counsel are of a character required to be described in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement, which are not described and filed as required; such franchises,
contracts, leases, documents and legal proceedings as are summarized in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus fairly and correctly present the
information disclosed with respect thereto in all material aspects;

     (viii)The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company;

     (ix)   The issue and sale by the Company of the shares of Stock sold by
the Company as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement will not conflict
with, or result in a breach of, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or
Bylaws of the Company or any material agreement or


                                       24
<PAGE>


instrument known to such counsel to which the Company is a party or by which the
Company or its assets are bound or any applicable law or regulation, or so far
as is known to such counsel, any order, writ, injunction or decree, of any
jurisdiction, court or governmental instrumentality;

     (x)    To the best of such counsel's knowledge, all holders of securities
of the Company having rights to the registration of shares of Common Stock, or
other securities, because of the filing of the Registration Statement by the
Company have waived such rights or such rights have expired by reason of lapse
of time following notification of the Company's intent to file the Registration
Statement;

     (xi)   No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or
governmental agency or body is required for the consummation of the transactions
contemplated in the Underwriting Agreement, except such as have been obtained
under the Securities Act and such as may be required under state securities or
blue sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Stock by
the Underwriters.

     (xii)  The Company is not an "investment company" or an entity
"controlled" by an "investment company," as such terms are defined in The
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and

     (xiii) The Stock to be sold under the Agreement to the Underwriters is
duly authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market.

     Counsel rendering the foregoing opinion may rely as to questions of law
not involving the laws of the United States or of the State of Delaware, upon
opinions of local counsel satisfactory in form and scope to counsel for the
Underwriters.  Copies of any opinions so relied upon shall be delivered to the
Representatives and to counsel for the Underwriters and the foregoing opinion
shall also state that counsel knows of no reason the Underwriters are not
entitled to rely upon the opinions of such local counsel.

     In addition to the matters set forth above, counsel rendering the
foregoing opinion shall also include a statement to the effect that nothing has
come to the attention of such counsel that leads them to believe that the
Registration Statement (except as to the financial statements and schedules and
other financial and statistical data contained or incorporated by reference
therein, as to which such counsel need not express any opinion or belief) at the
Effective Date contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus (except as to the
financial statements and schedules and other financial and statistical data
contained or incorporated by reference therein, as to which such counsel need
not express any opinion or belief) as of its date or at the Closing Date (or any
later date on which Option Stock is purchased), contained or contains any untrue
statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
as under which they were made, not misleading.


                                       25
<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX B

Matters to be Covered in the Opinion of
Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris
Patent Counsel for the Company

     Such counsel are familiar with the technology used by the Company in its
business and the manner of its use thereof and have read the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, including particularly the portions of the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus referring to patents, trade secrets,
or other proprietary information or materials and:

     (i)    The statements in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
under the captions "Risk Factors--Dependence on Proprietary Technology" and
"Business--Proprietary Rights," to the best of such counsel's knowledge and
belief, are accurate and complete statements or summaries of the matters therein
set forth and nothing has come to such counsel's attention that causes such
counsel to believe that the above-described portions of the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading;

     (ii)   To the best of such counsel's knowledge and except as referred to
in the Prospectus under the captions and disclosures referred to in paragraph
(i) above, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending relating to
patent rights that could materially affect the Company's business and, to the
best of such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or
contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

      (iv)   To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company is not
infringing or otherwise violating any patents, trade secrets, trademarks,
service marks or other proprietary information or materials of others, which in
the judgment of such counsel could affect materially the use by the Company of
any of the Company's patents, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks or other
proprietary information or materials, and to the best of such counsel's
knowledge there are no infringements of any of the Company's patents, trade
secrets, trademarks, service marks or other proprietary information or materials
by others which in the judgment of such counsel could affect materially the
Company's business; and


                                       26
<PAGE>

     (v)    To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company owns or
possesses sufficient licenses or other rights to use all patents, trade secrets,
or other proprietary information or materials necessary to conduct the business
now being or proposed to be conducted by the Company as described in the
Prospectus.


                                       27

<PAGE>

                                  RESTATED
                        CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                              IOMEGA CORPORATION

               PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 242 AND 245 OF THE GENERAL
                  CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

      IOMEGA CORPORATION (hereinafter called the "Corporation"), a
corporation originally organized and incorporated under the name "Databyte
Corporation" by the filing of a Certificate of Incorporation in the office of
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 2, 1980, and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, does hereby certify that (a) at a meeting of the Board of Directors
of the Corporation, the Board of Directors duly adopted a resolution pursuant
to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware proposing an amendment to and restatement of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation and declaring said amendment and restatement
to be advisable; (b) the stockholders of the Corporation duly approved said
proposed amendment and restatement by written consent in accordance with
Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
and written notice of such consent has been given to all stockholders who
have not consented in writing to said amendment and restatement; and (c) the
capital of the Corporation will not be reduced under or by reason of this
amendment and restatement.

<PAGE>

      The resolution setting forth the amendment and restatement is as
follows:

      RESOLVED:  That the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation shall read as follows:

            FIRST:     The name of the Corporation is

                              IOMEGA CORPORATION

            SECOND:    The registered office of the Corporation is to be
located at No. 100 West Tenth Street, in the City of Wilmington, in the
County of New Castle, in the State of Delaware.  The name of its registered
agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

            THIRD:     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any
lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the
General Corporation Law of Delaware.

            Without limiting in any manner the scope and generality of the
foregoing, it is hereby provided that the Corporation shall have the
following purposes, objects and powers:

            To purchase, manufacture, produce, assemble, receive, lease or in
any manner acquire, hold, own, use, operate, install, maintain, service,
repair, process, alter, improve, import, export, sell, lease, assign,
transfer and generally to trade and deal in and with computers and computer
systems, equipment, devices, apparatus, components, parts and supplies of
every type and description, natural or manufactured articles or products,
machinery, equipment, devices, systems, parts, supplies, apparatus, goods,
wares, merchandise and personal property of every kind, nature or
description, tangible or intangible, used or capable of being used for any
purpose whatsoever; and to engage and participate in any mercantile,
manufacturing or trading business of any kind or character.

            To improve, manage, develop, sell, assign, transfer, lease,
mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of or turn to account or deal with all
or any part of the property of the corporation and from time to time to vary
any investment or employment of capital of the corporation.

            To borrow money, and to make and issue notes, bonds, debentures,
obligations and evidences of indebtedness of all


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

kinds, whether secured by mortgage, pledge or otherwise, without limit as to
amount, and to secure the same by mortgage, pledge or otherwise; and
generally to make and perform agreements and contracts of every kind and
description, including contracts of guaranty and suretyship.

            To lend money for its corporate purposes, invest and reinvest its
funds, and take, hold and deal with real and personal property as security
for the payment of funds so loaned or invested.

            To the same extent as natural persons might or could do, to
purchase or otherwise acquire, and to hold, own, maintain, work, develop,
sell, lease, exchange, hire, convey, mortgage or otherwise dispose of and
deal in lands and leaseholds, and any interest, estate and rights in real
property, and any personal or mixed property, and any franchises, rights,
licenses or privileges necessary, convenient or appropriate for any of the
purposes herein expressed.

            To apply for, obtain, register, purchase, lease or otherwise to
acquire and to hold, own, use, develop, operate and introduce and to sell,
assign, grant licenses or territorial rights in respect to, or otherwise to
turn to account or dispose of, any copyrights, trade marks, trade names,
brands, labels, patent rights, letters patent of the United States or of any
other country or government, inventions, improvements and processes, whether
used in connection with or secured under letters patent or otherwise.

            To participate with others in any corporation, partnership,
limited partnership, joint venture, or other association of any kind, or in
any transaction, undertaking or arrangement which the participating
corporation would have power to conduct by itself, whether or not such
participation involves sharing or delegation of control with or to others;
and to be an incorporator, promoter or manager of other corporations of any
type or kind.

            To pay pensions and establish and carry out pension, profit
sharing, stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, stock bonus,
retirement, benefit, incentive and commission plans, trusts and provisions
for any or all of its directors, officers and employees, and for any or all
of the directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries; and to provide
insurance for its benefit on the life of any of its directors, officers or
employees, or on the life of any stockholder for the purpose of acquiring at
his death shares of its stock owned by such stockholders.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

            To acquire by purchase, subscription or otherwise, and to hold
for investment or otherwise and to use, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage,
pledge or otherwise deal with or dispose of stocks, bonds or any other
obligations or securities of any corporation or corporations; to merge or
consolidate with any corporation in such manner as may be permitted by law;
to aid in any manner any corporation whose stocks, bonds or other obligations
are held or in any manner guaranteed by this corporation, or in which this
corporation is in any way interested; and to do any other acts or things for
the preservation, protection, improvement or enhancement of the value of any
such stock, bonds of other obligations; and while owner of any such stock,
bonds or other obligations to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges
of ownership thereof, and to exercise any and all voting powers thereon; and
to guarantee the payment of dividends upon any stock, the principal or
interest or both, of any bonds or other obligations, and the performance of
any contracts.

            To do all and everything necessary, suitable and proper for the
accomplishment of any of the purposes or the attainment of any of the objects
or the furtherance of any of the powers hereinbefore set forth, either alone
or in association with other corporations, firms or individuals, and to do
every other act or acts, thing or things incidental or appurtenant to or
growing out of or connected with the aforesaid business or powers or any part
or parts thereof, provided the same be not inconsistent with the laws under
which this corporation is organized.

            The business or purpose of the Corporation is from time to time
to do any one or more of the acts and things hereinabove set forth, and it
shall have power to conduct and carry on its said business, or any part
thereof, and to have one or more offices, and to exercise any or all of its
corporate powers and rights, in the State of Delaware, and in the various
other states, territories, colonies and dependencies of the United States, in
the District of Columbia, and in all or any foreign countries.

            The enumeration herein of the objects and purposes of the
Corporation shall be construed as powers as well as objects and purposes and
shall not be deemed to exclude by inference any powers, objects or purposes
which the corporation is empowered to exercise, whether expressly by force of
the laws of the State of Delaware now or hereafter in effect, or impliedly
by the reasonable construction of the said laws.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

            FOURTH:    The total number of shares of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 30,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, $.03 1/3 par value per share.

            FIFTH:     The following provisions are inserted for the
management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the
Corporation and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the
powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

            (1)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as
from time to time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in the
by-laws.  Election of directors need not be by ballot unless the by-laws so
provide.

            (2)  The Board of Directors shall have power without the assent
or vote of the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal
the by-laws of the Corporation; to fix and vary the amount to be reserved for
any proper purpose; to authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens
upon all or any part of the property of the Corporation; to determine the use
and disposition of any surplus or net profits; and to fix the times for the
declaration and payment of dividends.

            (3)  In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by
statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to
exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised
or done by the Corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the
statutes of Delaware, of this certificate, and to any by-laws from time to
time made by the stockholders; provided, however, that no by-laws so made
shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid
if such by-law had not been made.

            SIXTH:     The Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to
time, indemnify all directors and officers of the Corporation whom it may
indemnify pursuant thereto.

            SEVENTH:   Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed
between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or
between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court
of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the
application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or
stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers
appointed for this corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8
of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or

                                      -5-

<PAGE>


of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the
provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of
the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of
stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such
manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in number representing
three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may
be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this
corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said
compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of
stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this
corporation.

            EIGHTH:    The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter,
change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation
in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights and powers
conferred herein on stockholders, directors, and officers are subject to this
reserved power.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be
hereto affixed and this Certificate of Amendment and Restatement to be
signed by its President and attested by its Secretary this 14th day of July,
1983.

                                       IOMEGA CORPORATION

                                       By:  /s/ Gabriel P. Fusco
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            President

ATTEST:  /s/ Paul P. Brountas
         ------------------------------
         Secretary

(CORPORATE SEAL)


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

                         CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                  RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
                             IOMEGA CORPORATION


      IOMEGA CORPORATION (the "Corporation"), a corporation originally
organized and incorporated under the name "Databyte Corporation" by the filing
of a Certificate of Incorporation in the office of the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware on April 2, 1980, and existing under and by virtue of
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as
follows:

      1.   The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is
hereby amended by deleting, in its entirety, Article FOURTH, and inserting in
lieu thereof a new Article FOURTH, which shall read in its entirety as follows:

            "FOURTH.   The total number of shares of capital stock of all
      classes which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is
      35,000,000, consisting of 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par
      value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value
      per share.

            The following is a statement of the designations, powers,
      preferences and rights, and the relative, participating, optional or
      other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and
      restrictions granted to or imposed upon the respective classes of shares
      of capital stock of the Corporation or the holders thereof:

                              A.  COMMON STOCK

            The voting and dividend rights, and the rights in the event of
      the liquidation of the Corporation, of the holders of Common Stock are
      subject to and qualified by such rights of the holders of any series of
      Preferred Stock as set forth herein or as the Board of Directors may
      designate upon the issuance of shares of any series of Preferred Stock.

                                      -1-

<PAGE>

            The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each
      share held at all meetings of stockholders. There shall be no cumulative
      voting.

            Dividends may be declared and paid on Common Stock from funds
      lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of
      Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then
      outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

            Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether
      voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to
      receive pro rata all net assets of the Corporation available for
      distribution after payment of creditors and payment of any preferential
      liquidation rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

                             B.  PREFERRED STOCK

            Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more
      series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed
      herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance
      of shares of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the
      Corporation as hereinafter provided.  Any shares of Preferred Stock which
      may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued
      except as otherwise provided by law.  Different series of Preferred Stock
      shall not be construed to constitute different classes of shares for the
      purposes of voting by classes unless expressly provided.

           Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors to
      issue from time to time shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series,
      and in connection with the creation of any such series, by resolution or
      resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof, to
      determine and fix such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting
      powers, and such designation, preferences and relative, participating,
      optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or
      restrictions thereof, including without limitation dividend rights,
      conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as
      shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the full extent
      now or hereafter permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
      Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions
      providing for the issuance of shares of any series of Preferred

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

      Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally
      or be junior to shares of any other series of Preferred Stock to the
      extent permitted by law.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, no vote
      of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a
      prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any series of Preferred
      Stock authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Restated
      Certificate of Incorporation."

      2.   The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is
hereby amended by adding a new Article NINTH, which shall read in its
entirety as follows:

                  "NINTH:  Except to the extent that the General Corporation
            Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination of
            liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director
            of the Corporation shall be liable for any breach of fiduciary
            duty.  No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to
            or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any
            director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or
            omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment."

      3.    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 242 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (i) the Board of Directors of the
Corporation adopted resolutions setting forth the foregoing amendments to the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring their
advisability, and directing that they be presented to the stockholders of the
Corporation for consideration, and (ii) the stockholders of the Corporation
duly approved the foregoing amendments.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate
of Amendment to be signed by its Senior Vice President - Finance and Planning
and attested by its Assistant Secretary, and its corporate seal to be affixed,
this 20th day of May, 1987.


                                        IOMEGA CORPORATION

                                        By: /s/ E. Kevin Dahill
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            E. Kevin Dahill
                                            Senior Vice President -
                                            Finance and Planning


Attest: /s/ Gwenn Newbold
        -------------------------------
        Gwenn Newbold
        Assistant Secretary


      (Corporate Seal)









                                      -4-

<PAGE>

                             IOMEGA CORPORATION

                  CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF SERIES A AND
                     SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
                  ------------------------------------------


      Iomega Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"),
pursuant to authority conferred on the Board of Directors of the Corporation
by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation
and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, certifies that the Board of
Directors of the Corporation, at a meeting thereof duly called and held on
October 13, 1987, duly adopted the following resolutions providing for the
establishment of two series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, one to be
designated "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" and consisting of 1,200,000
shares and one to be designated "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock" and
consisting of 250,000 shares, as follows:

"RESOLVED:  That, pursuant to the authority expressly granted and vested in
the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with the provisions of
its Restated Certificate of Incorporation, there are hereby established (i) a
series of Preferred Stock of the Company, consisting of 1,200,000 shares
designated "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" ("Series A Preferred
Stock") and (ii) a series of Preferred Stock of the Company, consisting of
250,000 shares designated "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock" ("Series B
Preferred Stock"); and subject to the limitations provided by law and by the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the powers, designations, preferences
and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of, and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions upon, the Series A Preferred
Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be as follows:

A.    SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK.

      One million two hundred thousand (1,200,000) shares of the authorized
and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated "Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "Series A Preferred Stock") with the
following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions,
qualifications and limitations.

      1.    DIVIDENDS.

      (a)   The holders of record of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation, out of any funds legally available therefor, dividends at
the rate of five percent (5%)


<PAGE>


per annum of the Series A Preference (as defined in Subsection 2(a) below) of
such shares for the 1989 calendar year and at the rate of six percent (6%)
per annum of the Series A Preference thereafter.   Accrued dividends for each
calendar year shall be paid annually on the March 31 (a "dividend payment
date") following the end of such calendar year (commencing March 31, 1990) to
holders of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock on such record date
(not more than 60 days prior to March 31) as is established by the Board of
Directors for such dividend.

      Dividends at the applicable rates set forth above shall accrue daily
and be cumulative from January 1, 1989.   For purposes of the payment of
dividends in cash, the amount of any dividends accrued on any shares of
Series A Preferred Stock at any dividend payment date shall be deemed to be
the amount of any unpaid dividends accumulated thereon to and including the
last day of the preceding calendar year, whether or not earned or declared.

      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, accrued dividends for
any calendar year shall not be required to be paid unless the Corporation's
after-tax net income (before any extraordinary benefits) for such year, as
shown on the Company's audited consolidated financial statements, is equal to
or greater than the sum of the aggregate amount of such accrued dividends.
Any accrued dividends that are not paid shall be paid on the dividend payment
date following the end of the first succeeding calendar year in which the
Corporation's after-tax net income, before any extraordinary benefits
(determined as set forth above), is sufficient to pay all of such accrued but
unpaid dividends and the regular dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock for
such year.

      (b)   So long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, no
cash dividends shall be paid or declared on the Common Stock of the
Corporation or any security ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock as
to the payment of dividends, unless all dividends on the Series A Preferred
Stock for all past dividend payment dates shall have been paid and the full
dividend payment for the dividend payment date next succeeding the payment
date of such cash dividend shall have been paid or declared and set apart for
payment.

      2.    LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.

            (a)   In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the
assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders,
after and subject to the payment in full of all amounts required to be
distributed to the holders of any other class or series of stock of the
Corporation

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

ranking on liquidation prior and in preference to the Series A Preferred
Stock (collectively referred to as "Senior Preferred Stock"), but before any
payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other class or
series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A Preferred Stock
(such Common Stock and other stock being collectively referred to as "Junior
Stock") by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to $5.00 per
share (the "Series A Preference"). The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank
on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock upon any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon any such liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the remaining assets of the
Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be
insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the
full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of
stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock
shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of
the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise
be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if
all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

            (b)   After the payment of all preferential amounts required to
be paid to the holders of Senior Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock
and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on
liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, upon the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of
shares of Junior Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive the
remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to
its stockholders.

            (c)   A consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into
another corporation or entity, or a sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Corporation, shall not be regarded as a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this
Section 2.

      3.    VOTING.  Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Series A
Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

      4.    OPTIONAL CONVERSION.  The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
shall have conversion rights as follows (the "Series A Conversion Rights"):

            (a)  As used herein, the following items shall have the following
respective meanings:

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

                    (i)  "CONVERSION DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in
Subsection 4(d)(i).

                   (ii)  "MARKET VALUE" shall mean (A) if the Common Stock of
the Corporation is listed on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ
National Market System, the reported last sale price of the Common Stock on
such exchange or system, or, if the Common Stock shall not be so listed,
(B) the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock, as
reported by NASDAQ, or (C) if there are no such closing bid and asked prices,
the fair market value of the Common Stock as determined by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation.

                  (iii)  "SERIES A MINIMUM CONVERSION PRICE" shall mean
$15.00 per share, subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 4.

                   (iv)  "SERIES A CONVERSION PRICE" shall mean, as of the
applicable Conversion Date, the greater of (A) the average of the Market
Values of the Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days preceding
(but not including) such Conversion Date, or (B) the then effective Series A
Minimum Conversion Price.

                    (v)  "TRADING DAY" shall mean any day on which the
New York Stock Exchange is generally open for trading.

            (b)   RIGHT TO CONVERT.  If (but only if) the Market Value of
Common Stock of the Corporation shall have been equal to or greater than the
Series A Minimum Conversion Price for at least 20 of the 30 Trading Days
preceding the Conversion Date, holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
may convert all or any of such shares, on such Conversion Date, into such
number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is
determined by (i) multiplying the aggregate Series A Preferences of the
shares so converted by 1.5, (ii) adding to such sum the aggregate amount of
any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares, excluding any such dividends
declared for payment by the Board of Directors to holders of Series A
Preferred Stock on a record date occurring prior to or on the Conversion
Date, and (iii) dividing the sum so obtained by the Series A Conversion
Price in effect on such Conversion Date.

      In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Series A
Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the Series A Conversion Rights
of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of
business on the fifth Trading Day preceding the date fixed for redemption.  In
the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

Series A Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the
first Trading Day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any amounts
distributable on liquidation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

      (c)   FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be
issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any
fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the
Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then
effective Series A Conversion Price.

      (d)   MECHANICS OF CONVERSION.

              (i)  In order for a holder of Series A Preferred Stock to
convert shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such
holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A
Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the
Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice
that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the
Series A Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates.
Such notice shall state such holder's name or the names of the nominees in
which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common
Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered
for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or
instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly
executed by the registered holder or his or its attorney duly authorized in
writing.  The date of receipt of such certificates and notice by the transfer
agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer
agent) shall be the Conversion Date, provided, however, that in the event
that the shares tendered for conversion are not eligible for conversion on
the date of receipt of such certificates and notice by the transfer agent (or
by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), the
transfer agent or Corporation shall promptly return such certificates to the
registered holder.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the
Conversion Date, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series A
Preferred Stock, or to his or its nominees, a certificate or certificates
for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be
entitled, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.

             (ii)  The Corporation shall at all times when the Series A
Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its
authorized but unissued stock, for the pur-

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

pose of effecting the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number
of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be
sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series A Preferred
Stock.

            (iii)  All shares of Series A Preferred Stock which shall have
been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed
to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the
rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and
terminate on the Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders
thereof to receive (A) shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor pursuant
to Subsection 4(b), (B) payments of accrued but unpaid dividends in
accordance with Subsection 4(d)(iv) and (C) payments in lieu of any
fractional shares pursuant to Subsection 4(c).  Any shares of Series A
Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be
reissued, and the Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate
action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized Series A Preferred Stock
accordingly.


             (iv)  In the case of any share of Series A Preferred Stock which
is converted after any dividend record date and on or prior to the
corresponding dividend payment date (except shares of Series A Preferred
Stock called for redemption during such period as to which any accrued and
unpaid dividends shall have been paid), the dividend payable on such dividend
payment date shall be paid on such date notwithstanding such conversion and
such dividend shall be paid to the person who is the holder of such shares of
Series A Preferred Stock at the close of business on such dividend record
date.

      (e)   ADJUSTMENT FOR STOCK SPLITS AND COMBINATIONS.  If the Corporation
shall at any time or from time to time after the date on which a share of
Series A Preferred Stock was first issued (the "Series A Original Issue Date")
effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series A Minimum
Conversion Price then in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be
proportionately decreased.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time
to time after the Series A Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares
of Common Stock, the Series A Minimum Conversion Price then in effect
immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased.  Any
adjustment under this paragraph shall become effective at the close of
business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

      (f)   ADJUSTMENT FOR DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.  In the event the
Corporation at any time, or from time to time after the Series A Original
Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of
holders of Common Stock entitled to

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of
Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A Minimum Conversion
Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in
the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of
business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A Minimum Conversion
Price then in effect by a fraction:

            (1)  the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares
      of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time
      of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

            (2)  the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares
      of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of
      such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the
      number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend
      or distribution;

provided, however, if such record date shall have been fixed and such
dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the
date fixed therefor, the Series A Minimum Conversion Price shall be
recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and
thereafter the Series A Minimum Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant
to this paragraph as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or
distributions.

      (g)   ADJUSTMENT FOR MERGER OR REORGANIZATION, ETC.  In case of any
consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation
(other than a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is the
surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock) or the sale of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation, entity or person,
each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible into
the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or assets to which
a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation
deliverable upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock would have been
entitled upon such consolidation, merger or sale (assuming for this purpose
the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to
Subsection 4(b) at the then effective Series A Conversion Price).

      (h)   CERTIFICATE AS TO ADJUSTMENTS.  The Corporation shall, upon the
written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock,
furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth
(i) such adjustments and read-

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

justments, (ii) the Series A Minimum Conversion Price then in effect, and
(iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other
property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series A
Preferred Stock.

      5.    MANDATORY CONVERSION.

            (a)  The Corporation may, at its option, require all, but not
less than all, holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding
to convert their shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Common
Stock, at the then effective Series A Conversion price and otherwise in
accordance with the terms of Section 4, if the Market Value of the Common
Stock has been equal to or greater than the Series A Minimum Conversion Price
for at least 20 of the 30 Trading Days prior to notice of such required
conversion by the Corporation.

            (b)  All holders of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
will be given at least 10 days' prior written notice of the date fixed and
the place designated for mandatory conversion of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock pursuant to this Section 5.  Such notice will be sent by first class or
registered mail, postage prepaid, to each record holder of Series A Preferred
Stock at such holder's address last shown on the records of the transfer
agent for the Series A Preferred Stock (or the records of the Corporation, if
it serves as its own transfer agent).  On or before the date fixed for
conversion, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall surrender
his or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation
at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive
certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is
entitled pursuant to this Section 5.  On the date fixed for conversion, all
rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock so converted, including
the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, will terminate, except only
the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or
certificates therefor, to receive (i) certificates for the number of shares
of Common Stock into which such Series A Preferred Stock has been converted,
(ii) payments of any accrued but unpaid dividends in accordance with
Subsection 4(d)(iv) and (iii) payments in lieu of any fractional shares
pursuant to Subsection 4(c).  If so required by the Corporation, certificates
surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written
instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the
Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his or its attorney
duly authorized in writing.  As soon as practicable after the date of such
mandatory conversion and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for
Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and
delivered to such holder, or on his

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full
shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the
provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4(c) in respect of any
fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

      (c)   All certificates evidencing shares of Series A Preferred Stock
which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the
provisions hereof shall, from and after the date such certificates are so
required to be surrendered, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and
the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into
Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or
holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date.  The
Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action as may be necessary
to reduce the authorized Series A Preferred Stock accordingly.

      6.    MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

            (a)  The Corporation will, subject to the conditions set forth in
Subsection 6(b) below, on the date ten years after the Series A Original
Issue Date (the "Series A Redemption Date"), redeem from each holder of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at a price per share equal to the Series A
Preference, plus an amount equal to all accrued but unpaid dividends thereon
(the "Series A Redemption Price"), all of the shares of Series A Preferred
Stock held by such holder on the Series A Redemption Date.

            (b)  If the funds of the Corporation legally available for
redemption of Series A Preferred Stock on the Series A Redemption Date are
insufficient to redeem all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then
outstanding, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem
the maximum possible number of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock
ratably on the basis of the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock which
would be redeemed on such date if the funds of the Corporation legally
available therefor had been sufficient to redeem all shares of Series A
Preferred Stock.  At any time thereafter when additional funds of the
Corporation become legally available for the redemption of Series A Preferred
Stock, such funds will be used, after the end of the next succeeding fiscal
quarter (also referred to as a "Series A Redemption Date"), to redeem the
balance of the shares, ratably on the basis set forth in the preceding
sentence.

            (c)  The Corporation shall provide notice of any redemption of
Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 6 specifying the time and
place of redemption and the Series A Redemption Price, by first class or
registered mail, postage

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

prepaid, to each holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock at the address
for such holder last shown on the records of the transfer agent therefor (or
the records of the Corporation, if it serves as its own transfer agent), not
more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the date on which such redemption
is to be made.  If less than all Series A Preferred Stock owned by such
holder is then to be redeemed, the notice will also specify the number of
shares which are to be redeemed.  Upon mailing any such notice of redemption,
the Corporation will become obligated to redeem at the time of redemption
specified therein all Series A Preferred Stock specified therein (other than
such shares of Series A Preferred Stock as are duly converted pursuant to
Section 4 or Section 5 prior to the close of business on the fifth Trading
Day preceding the Series A Redemption Date).  In case less than all Series A
Preferred Stock represented by any certificate is redeemed in any redemption
pursuant to this Section 6, a new certificate will be issued representing the
unredeemed Series A Preferred Stock to the holder thereof.

            (d) No share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to any
dividends declared after its Series A Redemption Date, and on such Series A
Redemption Date all rights of the holder of such share as a stockholder of
the Corporation by reason of the ownership of such share will cease, except
the right to receive the Series A Redemption Price of such share, without
interest, upon presentation and surrender of the certificate representing
such share, and such share will not from and after such Series A Redemption
Date be deemed to be outstanding.

            (e)  Any Series A Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this
Section 6 will be cancelled and will not under any circumstances be reissued,
sold or transferred and the Corporation may from time to time take such
appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized Series A
Preferred Stock accordingly.

B.    SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK.

      Two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) shares of the authorized and
unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated "Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "Series B Preferred Stock") with the
following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions,
qualifications and limitations.

      1.    DIVIDENDS.

      (a)   The holders of record of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation, out of any funds legally available therefor, dividends at
the rate of five percent (5%)

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

per annum of the Series B Preference (as defined in Subsection 2(a) below) of
such shares for the 1989 calendar year and at the rate of six percent (6%)
per annum of the Series B Preference thereafter. Accrued dividends for each
calendar year shall be paid annually on the March 31 (a "dividend payment
date") following the end of such calendar year (commencing March 31, 1990) to
holders of record of shares of Series B Preferred Stock on such record date
(not more than 60 days prior to March 31) as is established by the Board of
Directors for such dividend.

Dividends at the applicable rates set forth above shall accrue daily and be
cumulative from January 1, 1989. The amount of any dividends accrued on any
shares of Series B Preferred Stock at any dividend payment date shall be
deemed to be the amount of any unpaid dividends accumulated thereon to and
including the last day of the preceding calendar year, whether or not earned
or declared.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, accrued dividends for any
calendar year shall not be required to be paid unless the Corporation's
after-tax net income (before any extraordinary benefits) for such year, as
shown on the Company's audited consolidated financial statements, is equal to
or greater than the sum of the aggregate amount of such accrued dividends
and the aggregate amount of all dividends required to be paid on the Series A
Preferred Stock for such year. Any accrued dividends that are not paid shall
be paid on the dividend payment date following the end of the first
succeeding calendar year in which the Corporation's after-tax net income,
before any extraordinary benefits (determined as set forth above), is
sufficient to pay all of such accrued but unpaid dividends, the regular
dividend on the Series B Preferred Stock for such year and all accrued but
unpaid dividends required to be paid on such dividend payment date with
respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.

(b) So long as shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, no cash
dividends shall be paid or declared on the Common Stock of the Corporation or
any security ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to the payment
of dividends, unless all dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for all
past dividend payment dates shall have been paid and the full dividend
payment for the dividend payment date next succeeding the payment date of
such cash dividend shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment.

2.  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.

    (a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred
Stock then outstanding shall be


                                     -11-

<PAGE>

entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for
distribution to its stockholders, after and subject to the payment in full of
all amounts required to be distributed to the holders of any other class or
series of stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation prior and in
preference to the Series B Preferred Stock (collectively referred to as
"Senior Preferred Common Stock"), but before any payment shall be made to
the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on
liquidation junior to the Series B Preferred Stock (such Common Stock and
other stock being collectively referred to as "Junior Stock") by reason of
their ownership thereof, an amount equal to $5.00 per share (the "Series B
Preference"). The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank on a parity with the
Series A Preferred Stock upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation.  If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation the remaining assets of the Corporation available for
distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be
entitled, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A
Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation
on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any
distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in
proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in
respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts
payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

    (b) After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to
the holders of Senior Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and any other
class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation on a
parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, upon the liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Junior Stock then
outstanding shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets and funds of
the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

    (c) A consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another
corporation or entity, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Corporation, shall not  be regarded as a liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 2.

3. VOTING. The Corporation shall not amend, alter or repeal the preferences,
special rights or other powers of the Series B Preferred Stock so as to
affect adversely the Series B Preferred Stock, or authorize any class or
series of capital stock having a preference over the Series B Preferred Stock
with respect

                                     -12-
<PAGE>

to liquidation or redemption rights or dividends, without the written consent
or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting,
consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class. Except as
expressly set forth above or as otherwise required by law, holders of Series
B Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

4. OPTIONAL CONVERSION. The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall
have conversion rights as follows (the "Series B Conversion Rights"):

    (a) As used herein, the following terms shall have the following
respective meanings:

        (i) "CONVERSION DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Subsection
4(d)(i).

       (ii) "MARKET VALUE" shall mean (A) if the Common Stock of the
Corporation is listed on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ
National Market System, the reported last sale price of the Common Stock on
such exchange or system, or (B) if the Common Stock shall not be so listed,
the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock, as
reported by NASDAQ, or (C) if there are no such closing bid and asked
prices, the fair market value of the Common Stock as determined by the Board
of Directors of the Corporation.

      (iii) "SERIES B MINIMUM CONVERSION PRICE" shall mean $7.50 per share,
subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.

       (iv) "SERIES B CONVERSION PRICE" shall mean, as of the applicable
Conversion Date, the greater of (A) the average of the Market Values of the
Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days preceeding (but not
including) such Conversion Date, or (B) the then effective Series B Minimum
Conversion Price.

        (v) "TRADING DAY" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock
Exchange is generally open for trading.

    (b) RIGHT TO CONVERT. If (but only if) the Market Value of Common Stock
of the Corporation shall have been equal to or greater than the Series B
Minimum Conversion Price for at least 20 of the 30 Trading Days preceding the
Conversion Date, holders

                                     -13-

<PAGE>

of shares of Series B Preferred Stock may convert all or any of such shares,
on such Conversion Date, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable
shares of Common Stock as is determined by (i) multiplying the aggregate
Series B Preferences of the shares so converted by 1.5, (ii) adding to such
sum the aggregate amount of any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares,
excluding any such dividends declared for payment by the Board of Directors
to holders of Series B Preferred Stock on a record date occurring prior to or
on the Conversion Date, and (iii) dividing the sum so obtained by the Series
B Conversion Price in effect on such Conversion Date.

    In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Series B
Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the Series B Conversion Rights
of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of
business on the fifth Trading Day preceding the date fixed for redemption.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,
the Series B Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on
the first Trading Day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any amounts
distributable on liquidation to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock.

    (c) FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be
issued upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock. In lieu of any
fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the
Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then
effective Series B Conversion Price.

    (d) MECHANICS OF CONVERSION.

        (i) In order for a holder of Series B Preferred Stock to convert
shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder
shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Series B
Preferred Stock, at the office of the transfer agent for the Series B
Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation, if the
Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice
that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the
Series B Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates.
Such notice shall state such holder's name or the names of the nominees in
which such holder wishes the certificate

                                     -14-

<PAGE>

or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the
Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or
accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form
satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or
his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The date of receipt of such
certificates and notice by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the
Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the Conversion Date,
provided, however, that in the event that the shares tendered for conversion
are not eligible for conversion on the date of receipt of such certificates
and notice by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation
serves as its own transfer agent), the transfer agent or Corporation shall
promptly return such certificates to the registered holder. The Corporation
shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, issue and deliver at
such office to such holder of Series B Preferred Stock, or to his or its
nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common
Stock to which such holder shall be entitled, together with cash in lieu of
any fraction of a share.

       (ii) The Corporation shall at all times when the Series B Preferred
Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized
but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series
B Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock
as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all
outstanding Series B Preferred Stock.

      (iii) All shares of Series B Preferred Stock which shall have been
surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be
outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights,
if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate
on the Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to
receive (A) shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor pursuant to
Subsection 4(b), (B) payments of accrued but unpaid dividends in accordance
with Subsection 4(d)(iv) and (C) payments in lieu of any fractional shares
pursuant to Subsection 4(c). Any shares of Series B Preferred Stock so
converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and the
Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be
necessary to

                                     -15-

<PAGE>

reduce the authorized Series B Preferred Stock accordingly.

              (iv)  In the case of any share of Series B Preferred Stock
which is converted after any dividend record date and on or prior to the
corresponding dividend payment date (except shares of Series B Preferred
Stock called for redemption during such period as to which any accrued and
unpaid dividends shall have been paid), the dividend payable on such dividend
payment date shall be paid on such date notwithstanding such conversion and
such dividend shall be paid to the person who is the holder of such shares of
Series B Preferred Stock at the close of business on such dividend record
date.

         (e)  ADJUSTMENT FOR STOCK SPLITS AND COMBINATIONS.  If the
Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the date on which a
share of Series B Preferred Stock was first issued (the "Series B Original
Issue Date") effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the
Series B Minimum Conversion Price then in effect immediately before that
subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. If the Corporation shall at
any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date
combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Series B Minimum
Conversion Price then in effect immediately before the combination shall be
proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this paragraph shall become
effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or
combination becomes effective.

         (f)  ADJUSTMENT FOR DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.  In the event the
Corporation at any time, or from time to time after the Series B Original
Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of
holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution
payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the
Series B Minimum Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the
time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been
fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the
Series B Minimum Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

              (1)  the numerator of which shall be the total number of
         shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
         time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and


                                     -16-
<PAGE>

              (2)  the denominator of which shall be the total number of
         shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
         time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus
         the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such
         dividend or distribution;

provided, however, if such record date shall have been fixed and such
dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the
date fixed therefor, the Series B Minimum Conversion Price shall be
recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and
thereafter the Series B Minimum Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant
to this paragraph as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or
distributions.

         (g)  ADJUSTMENT FOR MERGER OR REORGANIZATION, ETC.  In case of any
consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation
(other than a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is the
surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock) or the sale of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation, entity or
person, each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall thereafter be
convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities
or assets to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such Series B Preferred Stock
would have been entitled upon such consolidation, merger or sale (assuming
for this purpose the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock into Common
Stock pursuant to Subsection 4(b) at the then effective Series B Conversion
Price).

         (h)  CERTIFICATE AS TO ADJUSTMENTS.  The Corporation shall, upon the
written request at any time of any holder of Series B Preferred Stock,
furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth
(i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Series B Minimum Conversion
Price then in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the
amount, if any, of other property which then would be received upon the
conversion of Series B Preferred Stock.


                                     -17-
<PAGE>

    5.   MANDATORY CONVERSION.

         (a)  The Corporation may, at its option, require all, but not less
than all, holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding to
convert their shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock,
at the then effective Series B Conversion Price and otherwise in accordance
with the terms of Section 4, if the Market Value of the Common Stock has been
equal to or greater than the Series B Minimum Conversion Price for at least
20 of the 30 Trading Days prior to notice of such required conversion by the
Corporation.

         (b)  All holders of record of shares of Series B Preferred Stock
will be given at least 10 days' prior written notice of the date fixed and
the place designated for mandatory conversion of shares of Series B Preferred
Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice will be sent by first class or
registered mail, postage prepaid, to each record holder of Series B Preferred
Stock at such holder's address last shown on the records of the transfer
agent for the Series B Preferred Stock (or the records of the Corporation, if
it serves as its own transfer agent). On or before the date fixed for
conversion, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall surrender
his or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation
at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive
certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is
entitled pursuant to this Section 5. On the date fixed for conversion, all
rights with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock so converted, including
the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, will terminate, except only
the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or
certificates therefor, to receive (i) certificates for the number of shares
of Common Stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock has been converted,
(ii) payments of any accrued but unpaid dividends in accordance with
Subsection 4(d)(iv) and (iii) payments in lieu of any fractional shares
pursuant to Subsection 4(c). If so required by the Corporation, certificates
surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written
instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the
Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his or its attorney
duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the date of such
mandatory conversion and the surrender of the certificate


                                     -18-
<PAGE>

or certificates for Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to
be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his or its written order, a
certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock
issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash
as provided in Subsection 4(c) in respect of any fraction of a share of
Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

         (c)  All certificates evidencing shares of Series B Preferred Stock
which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the
provisions hereof shall, from and after the date such certificates are so
required to be surrendered, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and
the shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into
Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or
holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. The
Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action as may be necessary
to reduce the authorized Series B Preferred Stock accordingly.

    6.   MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

         (a)  The Corporation will, subject to the conditions set forth in
Subsection 6(b) below, on the date ten years after the Series B Original
Issue Date (the "Series B Redemption Date"), redeem from each holder of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock, at a price per share equal to the Series
B Preference, plus an amount equal to all accrued but unpaid dividends
thereon (the "Series B Redemption Price"), all of the shares of Series B
Preferred Stock held by such holder on the Series B Redemption Date.

         (b)  If the funds of the Corporation legally available for
redemption of Series B Preferred Stock on the Series B Redemption Date are
insufficient to redeem all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then
outstanding, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem
the maximum possible number of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock
ratably on the basis of the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock
which would be redeemed on such date if the funds of the Corporation legally
available therefor had been sufficient to redeem all shares of Series B
Preferred Stock. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the
Corporation become legally available for the redemp-


                                     -19-
<PAGE>

tion of Series B Preferred Stock, such funds will be used, after the end of
the next succeeding fiscal quarter (also referred to as a "Series B
Redemption Date"), to redeem the balance of the shares, ratably on the basis
set forth in the preceding sentence.

         (c)  The Corporation shall provide notice of any redemption of
Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 6 specifying the time and
place of redemption and the Series B Redemption Price, by first class or
registered mail, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of Series B
Preferred Stock at the address for such holder last shown on the records of
the transfer agent therefor (or the records of the Corporation, if it serves
as its own transfer agent), not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to
the date on which such redemption is to be made. If less than all Series B
Preferred Stock owned by such holder is then to be redeemed, the notice will
also specify the number of shares which are to be redeemed. Upon mailing any
such notice of redemption, the Corporation will become obligated to redeem at
the time of redemption specified therein all Series B Preferred Stock
specified therein (other than such shares of Series B Preferred Stock as are
duly converted pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 prior to the close of
business on the fifth Trading Day preceding the Series B Redemption Date). In
case less than all Series B Preferred Stock represented by any certificate is
redeemed in any redemption pursuant to this Section 6, a new certificate will
be issued representing the unredeemed Series B Preferred Stock to the holder
thereof.

         (d)  No share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to any
dividends declared after its Series B Redemption Date, and on such Series B
Redemption Date all rights of the holder of such share as a stockholder of
the Corporation by reason of the ownership of such share will cease, except
the right to receive the Series B Redemption Price of such share, without
interest, upon presentation and surrender of the certificate representing
such share, and such share will not from and after such Series B Redemption
Date be deemed to be outstanding.

         (e)  Any Series B Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section
6 will be cancelled and will not under any circumstances be reissued, sold or
transferred and the Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate
action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized Series B Preferred Stock
accordingly.


                                     -20-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of
Designation to be duly executed by its Chief Executive Officer and attested
by its Assistant Secretary, and its corporate seal to be affixed this 27th
day of October, 1987.


                                       IOMEGA CORPORATION

                                       By: /s/ Michael J. Kucha
                                          -----------------------------
                                          Michael J. Kucha
                                          Chief Executive Officer

Attest:


/s/ Gwenn Newbold
- -----------------------------
Gwenn Newbold
Assistant Secretary

[Corporate Seal]



                                     -21-

<PAGE>

                         CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS
                                      of
                SERIES C JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
                                      of
                            IOMEGA CORPORATION

                      ------------------------------

    Iomega Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter called the
"Corporation"), pursuant to the authority conferred on the Board of Directors
of the Corporation by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended,
and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that the following
resolution was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a
meeting duly called and held on July 28, 1989:

    RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority expressly granted to and vested
in the Board of Directors of this Corporation in accordance with the
provisions of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, there is
hereby created a series of preferred stock, $.01 par value (the "Preferred
Stock"), of the Corporation to be designated as "Series C Junior
Participating Preferred Stock"; and, subject to the limitations provided by
law and by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the powers, preferences
and relative, participating, optional or other rights of, and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions upon, the Series C Junior
Participating Preferred Stock shall be as follows:

    SERIES C JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK:

    1.  DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.  The shares of such series shall be
designated as "Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Series C
Preferred Stock") and the number of shares constituting the Series C
Preferred Stock shall be 250,000. Such number of shares shall be increased or
decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation
(hereinafter, the "Board of Directors" or the "Board"); PROVIDED, that no
decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to a
number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of
shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights
or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by
the Corporation convertible into Series C Preferred Stock.



<PAGE>

    2.  DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

    (a)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of
Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the
Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of
Series C Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, par
value $.03 1/3 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Corporation, and of any
other security ranking junior to the Series C Preferred Stock as to the
payment of dividends, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared
by the Board of Directors out of funds of the Corporation legally available
for the payment of dividends, quarterly dividends payable in cash on March 31,
June 30, September 30 and December 31 in each year (each such date being
referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the
first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or
fraction of a share of Series C Preferred Stock, in an amount per share
(rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (i) $1 or (ii) subject
to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the
aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate
per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other
distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a
subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or
otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a
share of Series C Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any
time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of
Common Stock, or effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by
payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser
number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which
holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior
to such event under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted
by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and
the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

    (b)  The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the
Series C Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 2
immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock
(other than a dividend payable in


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

shares of Common Stock) and the Corporation shall pay such dividend or
distribution on the Series C Preferred Stock before the dividend or
distribution declared on the Common Stock is paid or set apart; provided
that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on
the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of
$1 per share on the Series C Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on
such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

    (c)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
shares of Series C Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment date
next preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of
such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue
from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the
determination of holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock entitled to
receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date,
in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be
cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid
dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series C
Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at
the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board
of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares
of Series C Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or
distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60
days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

    3.  VOTING RIGHTS.  The holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock
shall have the following voting rights:

    (a)  Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each
share of Series C Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100
votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the
Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay
any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect
a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend
in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of
Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which
holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior
to such event


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after
such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

    (b)  Except as otherwise provided herein, in the Certificate of
Incorporation or by law, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock
and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on
all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

    (c)  (i) If any time dividends on any Series C Preferred Stock shall be
in arrears in an amount equal to six quarterly dividends thereon, the holders
of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series from all other
series of Preferred Stock and classes of capital stock, shall be entitled to
elect two members of the Board of Directors in addition to any Directors
elected by any other series, class or classes of securities and the
authorized number of Directors will automatically be increased by two.
Promptly thereafter, the Board of Directors of this Corporation shall, as
soon as may be practicable, call a special meeting of holders of Series C
Preferred Stock for the purpose of electing such members of the Board of
Directors. Said special meeting shall in any event be held within 45 days of
the occurrence of such arrearage.

         (ii)  During any period when the holders of Series C Preferred
Stock, voting as a separate series, shall be entitled and shall have
exercised their right to elect two Directors, then and during such time as
such right continues (A) the then authorized number of Directors shall be
increased by two, and the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a
separate series, shall be entitled to elect the additional Director so
provided for, and (B) each such additional Director shall not be a member of
any existing class of the Board of Directors, but shall serve until the next
annual meeting of stockholders for the election of Directors, or until his
successor shall be elected and shall qualify, or until his right to hold such
office terminates pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (c).

         (iii)  A Director elected pursuant to the terms hereof may be
removed with or without cause by the holders of Series C Preferred Stock
entitled to vote in an election of such Director.

         (iv)  If, during any interval between annual meetings of
stockholders for the election of Directors and while the holders of Series C
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect two


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Directors, there is no such Director in office by reason of resignation,
death or removal, then, promptly thereafter, the Board of Directors shall
cause a special meeting of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock for the
purpose of filling such vacancy and such vacancy shall be filled at such
special meeting.  Such special meeting shall in any event be held within 45
days of the occurrence of such vacancy.

          (v)  At such time as the arrearage is fully cured, and all
dividends accumulated and unpaid on any shares of Series C Preferred Stock
outstanding are paid, and, in addition thereto, at least one regular dividend
has been paid subsequent to curing such arrearage, the term of office of any
Director elected pursuant to this paragraph (c), or his successor, shall
automatically terminate, and the authorized number of Directors shall
automatically decrease by two, the rights of the holders of the shares of the
Series C Preferred Stock to vote as provided in this paragraph (c) shall
cease, subject to renewal from time to time upon the same terms and
conditions, and the holders of shares of the Series C Preferred Stock shall
have only the limited voting rights elsewhere herein set forth.

     (d)  Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by law, holders
of Series C Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their
consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote
with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate
action.

     4.  CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.

     (a)  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
payable on the Series C Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in
arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and
distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series C Preferred Stock
outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

          (i)  declare or pay dividends, or make any other
     distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to
     dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series
     C Preferred Stock;

          (ii)  declare or pay dividends, or make any other
     distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to
     dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the
     Series C Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series C
     Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable
     or in

                                  -5-
<PAGE>

     arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all
     such shares are then entitled;

          (iii)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
     consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends
     or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series C
     Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem,
     purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange
     for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to
     dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series
     C Preferred Stock; or

          (iv)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
     any shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking
     on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock, except in accordance with
     a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the
     Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the
     Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend
     rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series
     and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and
     equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

     (b)  The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation
to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the
Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (a) of this Section
4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

     5.  REACQUIRED SHARES.  Any shares of Series C Preferred Stock
purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever
shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All
such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued
shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of
Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set
forth herein, in the Certificate of Incorporation, or in any other
Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any
similar stock or as otherwise required by law.

     6.  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.

     (a)  Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,
no distribution shall be made (i) to the holders of shares of stock ranking
junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding
up) to the Series C Preferred


                                 -6-
<PAGE>

Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred
Stock shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and
unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the
date of such payment, provided that the holders of shares of Series C
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share,
subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100
times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares
of Common Stock, or (ii) to the holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with
the Series C Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series
C Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in proportion to the total
amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

     (b)  Neither the consolidation, merger or other business combination of
the Corporation with or into any other corporation nor the sale, lease,
exchange or conveyance of all or any part of the property, assets or business
of the Corporation shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 6.

     (c)  In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any
dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a
subdivision, combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in
shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of
Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of
shares of Series C Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such
event under the proviso in clause (i) of paragraph (a) of this Section 6
shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after
such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

     7.  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, in case the Corporation shall enter into any
consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares
of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities,
cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Series C
Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into
an amount per shares subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set
forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash
and/or any other property (payable in kind), as


                                   -7-
<PAGE>

the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is
changed or exchanged.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare
or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or
effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a
dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of
shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the
preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series
C Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

     8.  NO REDEMPTION.  The shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall not be
redeemable.

     9.  RANK.  The Series C Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to the
payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, junior to all series of
any other class of the Preferred Stock issued either before of after the
issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock, unless the terms of any such series
shall provide otherwise.

     10.  AMENDMENT.  The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation
shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the
powers, preferences or special rights of the Series C Preferred Stock so as
to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting
as a single class.

     11.  FRACTIONAL SHARES.  Series C Preferred stock may be issued in
fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such
holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends,
participate in distributions and have the benefit of all other rights of
holders of Series C Preferred Stock.


                                 -8-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designations is executed on
behalf of the Corporation by its President and Chief Executive Officer and
attested by its Secretary this 7th day of August, 1989.

                                       IOMEGA CORPORATION



                                       By:    /s/ Fred Wenninger
                                              ---------------------------
                                       Name:  Fred Wenninger
                                       Title: President and Chief
                                              Executive Officer

Attest:
/s/ Paul D. Slack
- -------------------------
    Paul D. Slack
    Title: Secretary




                                   -9-

<PAGE>


                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                      TO
                    RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      0F
                              IOMEGA CORPORATION

    IOMEGA CORPORATION (the "Corporation"), a corporation originally
incorporated under the General Corporation law of the State of Delaware,
under the name "Databyte Corporation," on April 2, 1980, does hereby certify
as follows:

    1.  The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as
filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 18, 1983, as amended to
date, is hereby further amended by the addition of a new Article TENTH and
Article ELEVENTH, which shall read in their entirety as follows:

         TENTH:  This Article is inserted for the management of the business
    and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

         SECTION 1.  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  The number of directors of the
    Corporation shall not be less than three. The exact number of directors
    within the limitations specified in the preceding sentence shall be fixed
    from time to time pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of
    Directors.

         SECTION 2.  CLASSES OF DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors shall be
    and is divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. No one
    class shall have more than one director more than any other class. If a
    fraction is contained in the quotient arrived at by dividing the designated
    number of directors by three, then, if such fraction is one-third, the
    extra director shall be a member of Class III, and if such fraction is
    two-thirds, one of the extra directors shall be a member of Class III and
    one of the extra directors shall be a member of Class II, unless otherwise
    provided from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.


<PAGE>


         SECTION 3.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  Elections of directors need not
    be by written ballot except as and to the extent provided in the By-laws of
    the Corporation.

         SECTION 4.  TERMS OF OFFICE.  Each director shall serve for a term
    ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting
    at which such director was elected; PROVIDED that each initial director in
    Class I shall serve for a term ending on the date of the annual meeting
    next following the end of the Corporation's 1990 fiscal year; and each
    initial director in Class II shall serve for a term ending on the date of
    the annual meeting next following the end of the Corporation's 1991 fiscal
    year; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that the term of each director shall be subject
    to the election and qualification of his/her successor and to his/her
    earlier death, resignation or removal.

         SECTION 5.  ALLOCATION OF DIRECTORS AMONG CLASSES IN THE EVENT OF
    INCREASES OR DECREASES IN THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  In the event of any
    increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, (i) each
    director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of
    the class of which he/she is a member and (ii) the newly created or
    eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or decrease shall be
    apportioned by the Board of Directors among the three classes of directors
    so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any
    other class. To the extent possible, consistent with the foregoing rule,
    any newly created directorships shall be added to those classes whose terms
    of office are to expire at the latest dates following such allocation, and
    any newly eliminated directorships shall be subtracted from those classes
    whose terms of office are to expire at the earliest dates following such
    allocation, unless otherwise provided from time to time by resolution
    adopted by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 6.  QUORUM; ACTION AT MEETING.  A majority of the directors
    at any time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
    business. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified
    to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one
    for each such director so disqualified, provided that in no case shall
    less than one-third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 1
    above constitute a quorum. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors
    there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of those present may
    adjourn the meeting from time to time. Every act or decision done or made
    by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a
    quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the


                                      -2-


<PAGE>


    Board of Directors unless a greater number is required by law, by the
    By-laws of the Corporation or by this Certificate of Incorporation.

         SECTION 7.  REMOVAL.  Any director or the entire Board of Directors
    may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the
    shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided that,
    if and for so long as the Board of Directors is classified pursuant to
    Section 141(d) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, stockholders may
    effect such removal only for cause, unless this Certificate of
    Incorporation otherwise provides.

         SECTION 8.  VACANCIES.  Unless and until filled by the stockholders,
    any vacancy in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including a
    vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the Board, may be filled by a vote
    of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum,
    or by a sole remaining director. A director elected to filled a vacancy
    shall be elected to hold office until the next election of the class for
    which such director shall have chosen, subject to the election and
    qualification of his/her successor and to his/her earlier death,
    resignation or removal.

         SECTION 9.  AMENDMENTS.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of
    law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation,
    and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by
    law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%)
    of the votes which all of the stockholders would be entitled to cast at an
    annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to
    amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article
    Tenth.

         ELEVENTH:  Any action which is required to be taken or which may be
    taken at any annual or specified meeting of stockholders of the Corporation
    may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote,
    if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed
    by the holders of all of the outstanding shares of stock that would be
    entitled to vote thereon at a meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding any
    other provisions of law, this Certificates of Incorporation or the By-laws
    of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage
    may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
    eighty percent (80%) of the votes which all of the stockholders would be
    entitled to cast at an annual election of directors or class of directors
    shall be


                                      -3-


<PAGE>


    required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with,
    this Article Eleventh.

    2.  The foregoing amendments to the Corporation's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation were duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the
stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 242 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of
Amendment to be executed and acknowledged as set forth below on this 24th day
of April, 1990.

                                            IOMEGA CORPORATION

                                            By: /s/   Fred Wenninger
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Fred Wenninger
                                                President and Chief Executive
                                                Officer

Attest: /s/  Paul D. Slack
        --------------------------------
        Paul D. Slack
        Senior Vice President
        Administration and Secretary


                                      -4-


<PAGE>


                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                      OF
                    RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                              IOMEGA CORPORATION


                        Pursuant to Section 242 of the
                          General Corporation Law of
                             the State of Delaware
                       ------------------------------

    IOMEGA CORPORATION (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

    1.   The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as
filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 18, 1983, as amended to
date, is hereby further amended by (i) deleting Article TENTH in its entirety
and (ii) renumbering Article ELEVENTH as Article TENTH.

    2.   The foregoing amendment to the Corporation's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the Stockholders
of the Corporation in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.


<PAGE>


    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be
affixed hereto and this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its
President and attested by its Secretary on this 20th day of April, 1993.

                                            IOMEGA CORPORATION

                                            By:    /s/   Fred Wenninger
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Fred Wenninger
                                               President and Chief Executive
                                                 Officer

Attest:   /s/  Paul D. Slack
       --------------------------------
       Paul D. Slack
       Senior Vice President
       Administration and Secretary

[Corporate Seal]


<PAGE>

                              IOMEGA CORPORATION

                            CERTIFICATE OF DECREASE
                    OF NUMBER OF SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK
                                DESIGNATED AS
                     SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
                   AND SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

    Iomega Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), pursuant
to authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the
Corporation's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the
"Certificate of Incorporation"), and in accordance with the provisions of
Section 151(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Delaware Law"), certifies that the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by
unanimous written consent in accordance with Section 141(f) of the Delaware
Law, duly adopted the following resolutions:

"RESOLVED:    That no shares of the Corporation's Series A Convertible
              Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock") are outstanding
              and no shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be issued subject
              to the Certificate of Designation previously filed with respect
              to such series (the "Series A Certificate of Designation"); and
              that the proper officers of the Corporation be and hereby are
              authorized and directed in the name and on behalf of the
              Corporation to execute and file a certificate with the Secretary
              of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 151(g) of
              the Delaware Law setting forth the text of this resolution, upon
              the filing and effectiveness of which all matters set forth in
              the Series A Certificate of Designation shall be deemed to have
              been eliminated from the Certificate of Incorporation and the
              1,200,000 shares of Preferred Stock previously designated as
              Series A Preferred




<PAGE>


              Stock shall resume their status as undesignated shares of
              Preferred Stock available for future issuance in accordance
              with the Certificate of Incorporation.

RESOLVED:     That no shares of the Corporation's Series B Convertible
              Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock") are
              outstanding and no shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be
              issued subject to the Certificate of Designation previously filed
              with respect to such series (the "Series B Certificate of
              Designation"); and that the proper officers of the Corporation be
              and hereby are authorized and directed in the name and on behalf
              of the Corporation to execute and file a certificate with the
              Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to
              Section 151(g) of the Delaware Law setting forth the text of this
              resolution, upon the filing and effectiveness of which all
              matters are set forth in the Series B Certificate of Designation
              shall be deemed to have been eliminated from the Certificate of
              Incorporation and the 250,000 shares of Preferred Stock
              previously designated as Series B Preferred Stock shall resume
              their status as undesignated shares of Preferred Stock available
              for future issuance in accordance with the Certificate of
              Incorporation."

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be
affixed hereto and this Certificate to be signed by its President this 14th
day of December, 1995.

                                            IOMEGA CORPORATION

                                            By: /s/ Kim B. Edwards
                                                -------------------------------
                                                President


                                     -2-

<PAGE>


                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                      OF
                    RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                              IOMEGA CORPORATION


                        PURSUANT TO SECTION 242 OF THE
                        GENERAL CORPORATION OF LAW OF
                             THE STATE OF DELAWARE


    IOMEGA CORPORATION (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

    1.   The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as
filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 18, 1983, as amended to
date, is hereby further amended by deleting the first paragraph of Article
FOURTH in its entirety and replacing it with the following paragraph:

         "FOURTH.  The total number of shares of capital stock of all
    classes which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is
    155,000,000 consisting of 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock,
    $.03 1/3 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred
    Stock, $.01 par value per share."


<PAGE>


    2.   The foregoing amendment to the Corporation's Restated Certificate
of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the
Stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 242 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be
affixed hereto and this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its
President on this 26th day of January, 1996.

                                            IOMEGA CORPORATION

                                            By: /s/ Kim B. Edwards
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Kim B. Edwards
                                                President and Chief Executive
                                                 Officer




<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

    As  independent  public accountants,  we hereby  consent to  the use  of our
reports (and to all references to our Firm)  included in or made a part of  this
registration statement.

                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
January 30, 1996



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995             DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995             DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                            1023                    1023
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   109449                  109449
<ALLOWANCES>                                      3494                    3494
<INVENTORY>                                      98703                   98703
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                212132                  212132
<PP&E>                                          103149                  103149
<DEPRECIATION>                                   49779                   49779
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  266227                  266227
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           195509                  199509
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                         53433                   53433
<OTHER-SE>                                           0                       0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    266227                  266227
<SALES>                                         148798                  326225
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                148798                  326225
<CGS>                                           103311                  235838
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   103311                  235838
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 30583                   70765
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                1273                    1652
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  13226                   11639
<INCOME-TAX>                                      3303                    3136
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                               9923                    8503
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                      9923                    8503
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .16<F1>                 .14<F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .16<F2>                 .14<F2>
<FN>
<F1>After stock split
<F2>After stock split
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 99

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                 ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE


To Iomega Corporation:

     We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards, the consolidated financial statements of Iomega Corporation and
subsidiaries included in this registration statement and have issued our
report thereon dated January 26, 1996. Our audit was made for the purpose of
forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The
schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts filed as an exhibit to this
registration statement is the responsibility of the Company's management and
is not part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been
subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic
financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material
respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to
the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

                                       ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
January 26, 1996


<PAGE>


                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS


<TABLE>
                                                           Additions
                                           Balance at      charged to                      Balance
                                           beginning       costs and                       at end
Description                                of period        expenses       Deductions     of period
______________________________________     __________      __________      __________     _________
                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS:

  Year ended December 31, 1995               $1,627          $  799          $   565*       $1,861
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

  Year ended December 31, 1994               $1,547          $  323          $  (243)*      $1,627
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

  Year ended December 31, 1993               $  901          $  792          $  (146)*      $1,547
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

PRICE PROTECTION AND PROMOTION RESERVE:

  Year ended December 31, 1995               $  169          $7,104          $(5,640)       $1,633
                                             ______          ______          _______ **     ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

  Year ended December 31, 1994               $   67          $1,143          $(1,041)**     $  169
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

  Year ended December 31, 1993               $   73          $2,403          $(2,409)**      $  67
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

ACCRUED RESTRUCTURING COSTS:

  Year ended December 31, 1994               $6,818          $  875          $(7,693)       $    -
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

  Year ended December 31, 1993               $    -          $8,080          $(1,262)       $6,818
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

OTHER RESTRUCTURING RESERVES:

  Year ended December 31, 1994               $4,649          $2,063          $(6,712)       $    -
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

  Year ended December 31, 1993               $    -          $4,649          $     -        $4,649
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______
                                             ______          ______          _______        ______

</TABLE>
___________________

*   Represents write-offs of Accounts Receivable

**  Credits granted against Accounts Receivable



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission